Skip to main content

Full text of "An African Treasury"

See other formats


CD 

OU158586> 



OSMANIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARY 

Call No. 1/4/M^A Accession No. 

Author 
Title 
This book should be returned on or before the date last marked below. 



An African Treasury 



An African Treasury 



ARTICLES / ESSAYS / STORIES / POEMS 

BY BLACK AFRICANS 

SELECTED BY LANGSTON HUGHES 



Crown Publishers, Inc., New York 



Second Printing, November, 1960 

1960 by Langston Hughes 
Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 60-8626 

Printed in the United States of America 



The editor wishes to thank the following authors and their publish- 
ers for permission to reprint their work: 

Abioseh Nicol for "Return to West Africa," published in Twentieth Century; 
"As the Night, the Day," published in Encounter. 

Onyenaekeya Udeagu for "Ibos as They Are." 

Africa South for "Requiem for Sophiatown," by Can Themba; "Widows of the 
Reserves," by Phyllis Ntantala; "Weapon," by I. W. W. Citashe. 

Bloke Modisane for "Why I Ran Away," published in the New Statesman. 

Harold Ober Associates for "African Freedom," by Tom Mboya. 

Ezekiel Mphahlele for "Accra Conference Diary," published in fighting Talk. 

Peter Abrahams for "The Blacks," published in Holiday. 1959 by The Curtis 
Publishing Company. 

Todd Matshikiza for "With the Lid Off," published by Drum. 
Chicago Defender for "An African's Adventures in America," by Babs Fafunwa. 
Drum for "Counsel's Opinion," "African Lonely Hearts," and "Girl About 
Town," by Marion Morel. 

Presence Africaine for "Africa and the Cinema," by J. Koyinde Vaughan. 

Tennyson Makiwane for 'They Call Us Jim" ("African Work Songs"), pub- 
lished in Pighting Talk. 

J. H. Kwabena Nketia for "Akan Poetry," published in Black Orpheus. 

Peter Kumalo for "Death in the Sun," published in Drum. 

Cyprian Ekwensi for "Law of the Grazing Fields." 

Alfred A. Knopf for "Episode in Malay Camp" from Mine Boy by Peter Abra- 
hams. 

Frank Parkes for "African Heaven." 

Gabriel Okara for "Spirit of the Wind," published in Black Orpheus. 

Birago Diop for "Souffles" ("Forefathers"). 

Dr. M. C. F. Easmon for "The Serving Girl," by Aquah Laluah. 

M. F. Dei Afiang for "That Heavenly Moment." 

The Ghanaian for "Vultures," by Simon Pederek. 

Black Orpheus for "Two in London," by Wole Soyinka. 

An exhaustive effort has been made to locate all persons having any rights or 
interests in material and to clear reprint permissions. This process has been com- 
plicated by the turbulence of the times in some parts of Africa. If any required 
acknowledgments have been omitted, or any rights overlooked, it is unintentional 
and fofgf? eness is requested. 



To the young writers of Africa 



ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 



Langston Hughes wishes to thank the following persons for their 
generous co-operation in helping to track down the material in this 
book, granting permissions, or aiding in the selection and preparation 
for publication of the manuscripts in this volume: Ben Namdi 
Azikiwe, premier of Eastern Nigeria; the editors and publishers of 
Drum and Africa in Johannesburg; the editors and publishers of The 
West African Pilot in Lagos; the editor and publisher of African New 
Writing; Ulli Beier and Janheinz Jahn, editors of Elac\ Orpheus; 
Arthur Spingarn, Dr. Hugh H. Smythe, Dr. Mabel Smythe, Dr. Mar- 
guerite Cartwright, Adele Glasgow, Ezra Staples, Dr. J. B. Danquah 
of Ghana, Peter Abrahams of South Africa, and all the writers in this 
book who lent their assistance in contacting other writers throughout 
English-speaking Africa; also John Hendrik Clarke, Era Bell Thomp- 
son and Griffith J. Davis who lent the knowledge of their African 
journeys to this search for indigenous writing. 



INTRODUCTION 



This is a very personal treasury a selection gathered from several 
thousands of pages of writing by Africans of color that I have read 
during the past six years. Most of it was in manuscript, some in news- 
papers and magazines, and most of it had never been published in the 
United States. 

My interest in native African writing began when I was asked by 
the editors of Drum, a Johannesburg magazine for nonwhite readers, 
to become one of the judges of a short story contest for indigenous 
South African writers. Some of the work that came to me contained 
pages which moved, surprised, and quite delighted me. I determined 
to see how much more writing of interest was being produced by black 
Africans. 

To correspondents and to fans of my own work in Africa where 
over the years my poems have been published and my "Simple" stories 
serialized I wrote for the addresses of native writers. To Prime Min- 
ister Azikiwe's chain of newspapers in Nigeria I sent a letter asking 
for contributions to a proposed anthology. My request was reprinted 
in numerous papers in other parts of Africa. Within a few weeks I 
began to receive floods of material from all over English-speaking 
Africa. Much that came was in longhand, often very hard to read. 
But nothing that arrived was completely lacking in interest. Even in 
the most amateurish writing, sometimes a line, a paragraph, even a 
whole page would come alive, achieve a character of its own, or make 
vivid some element of folk culture only to bog down on the next page 
as the inexperienced writer continued his earnest attempt at commu- 
nication. 

To communicate in words is not always easy, especially when those 



X INTRODUCTION 

words must be put down on paper. To communicate from one land 
to another, one culture to another, particularly when the language is 
not one's own native tongue but acquired as English and French are 
for some of these writers presents its problems, too. Amos Tutuola, 
born in the Nigerian jungle, has had very little schooling; he earns 
his living working in metals. But Abioseh Nicol of Sierra Leone is 
a graduate of Cambridge and a practicing physician. Matei Markwei 
of Ghana, well in his thirties, is still studying for a college degree. 
But Wole Soyinka took honors in his youth at the University of Leeds. 
Peter Kumalo is a dock worker on the wharfs of Cape Province. But 
Benibengor Blay is a member of parliament at Accra; and Leopold 
Sedar Senghor, deputy from Senegal, has long held a seat in the 
National Assembly at Paris. Each of these writers, however varied 
their backgrounds, has the capacity for communicating in words a 
capacity that comes from (I venture to say) innate talent. During the 
past decade there have been hundreds of books by white writers, but 
perhaps it remains for colored writers such as these, native to the soil, 
to tell us most faithfully what Africa is like today. 

This collection in no way attempts to be comprehensive or all- 
embracing. There remains in my files of rejected material much worthy 
writing, which in some cases breaks my heart to return. There are 
excellent short stories that I feel are in some ways too special for 
American readers unfamiliar with the African scene. There are factual 
pieces of interest which will soon date considering the rapidity of 
change in Africa. There are poems whose images are so native as to be 
obscure to people who have never been to Africa. And there arc 
scholarly pieces whose interest would be confined mostly to academic 
readers, political experts or students of ethnic customs. 

This volume is but a small sampling of the great variety of writing 
talents to be found in Black Africa today. Quite frankly, I have chosen 
to assemble here only those pieces which I enjoyed most and which I 
hope others will find entertaining, moving, possibly instructive, but 
above all readable. For me creative writing's first function is readability. 

I hope, too, that this TREASURY enables the reader to share the joy I 
find in African usages of the King's English, which often can be 
described as nothing short of intriguing. Amos Tutuola especially 



INTRODUCTION XI 

delights me. In writing him some five years ago, I suggested he send 
me a number of his stories for consideration. In due time, a single 
manuscript arrived in longhand, full of strange language structures. 
But his accompanying note was grammatical, brief and to the point. 
It said: "About sending several stories, when you send money I will 
send more." Another less businesslike young writer, however, advised 
me that he had had for weeks after receiving my letter, "a wide 
imagination and sweet thoughts." (He deluged me with manuscripts.) 
While a third, apologizing for sending his poems in his own hand, 
wrote: "But I hope soon to exploit the art of typewriting for the happy 
sake of the musical rhythms it produces when man beats the machine." 
Eventually he did learn to beat the machine, for his recent manuscripts 
arrived typewritten. 

No collection of African material, no matter how personal its selec- 
tion, can fail to reflect the massive conflicts going on today. That Africa 
is a changing continent, everybody knows, for the press and radio re- 
mind us of this continually. Entire countries change names, and it is dif- 
ficult to keep maps such as the fairly recent one provided elsewhere 
in the book up to date. When I first began to gather this material, 
the term negritude currently popular with African writers, especially 
poets influenced by Senghor had not come into common use. But 
there was in most of the writing that reached me, an accent of Afri- 
caness blackness, if you will not unlike the racial consciousness 
found in the work of American Negro writers a quarter of a century 
ago. The Harlem writers of that period, however, had to search for 
their folk roots. The African writer has these roots right at hand. 
He is no outside observer. His tribal marks are sometimes still on 
his very skin. And, although some of the writers here assembled are 
colored in the mixed-blood sense in which this term is used abroad 
they are all Negro in the sense in which the word Negro is used in 
America. 

Many of the problems, particularly those of the South Africans, are 
closely related to the problems of Afro-Americans, and their reactions 
are similar. The incident of The Bench could well happen in Alabama, 
but those of 'New Life at Kyerefaso and Law of the Grazing Fields 
could take place only in Africa. And only an African would be as 



Xii INTRODUCTION 

conscious of negritude as Francis Ernest Kobina Parkes when he 
writes: 

Give me blac\ souls, 

Let them be blac\ 

Or chocolate brown 

Or ma\e them the 

Color of dust 

Dustlifa 

Browner than sand. 

But if you can 

Please \eep them blac\. 

Through most of the writing that came to me out of Africa- from 
Senegal in the north, Kenya in the east, to Cape Town in the south- 
there runs a pride of race which the long years of colonialism could 
not erase. This pride extends to a deep appreciation and understanding 
of folk life which mission schooling or European education did not 
diminish. For those who studied in Europe, perhaps distance only made 
the bush the great jungle heart of Africa seem fonder. Abioseh Nicol 
writes upon returning from a long sojourn in England: 

Go for bush inside the bush 
You will find your hidden heart, 
Your mute ancestral spirit. 

And so I went, 
Dancing on my way. 

Evident in most African writing, of course, is a pride in country, 
which underlies everything that is thought and spoken south of the 
Sahara today. It is an African pride, with a character all its own, which 
owes allegiance neither to West nor East but to its newly emerging 
self. Thus does Ezekiel Mphahlele remark, in his impassioned and 
frankly opinionated on-the-scene report of the historic Accra Confer- 
ence of peoples from all over Africa: "Dr. Nkrumah spots the Tunisian 
ambassador in London . . . what an electric smile of recognition as the 



INTRODUCTION Xlll 

Premier waves his hand. So spontaneous. As Tom Mboya later ushers 
him on to the rostrum, with his arm round the Premier ... I realize 
all the more that this is Africa an Africa with a totally different sense 
of convention from that of the West." 

It is healthy pride, without apology, and its expression ranges from 
the almost primitive evocation of a tribesman's love for his tribe 
Onyenaekeya Udeagu's Ibos as They Are to Peter Abrahams' polished 
writings. Abrahams' exciting piece, The Blacks, brilliantly illuminates 
the dilemma of Africa's intellectual elite such as Ghana's Premier 
Nkrumah and the celebrated Jomo Kenyatta who, as this is written, 
still remains in custody for the part he played in the Mau Mau upris- 
ings. These men realize that Africa's task, indeed its mission, is to work 
out a fusion between tribal custom and modern ways. 

Perhaps the phrase that best sums up this swelling pride and fierce 
insistence on individual identity is "African personality." It is a phrase 
much used in writings coming out of Africa today. It finds expression 
in the ironic humor of Todd Matshikiza's monthly column "With the 
Lid Off" in Drum. It is expressed in Can Themba's nostalgic remi- 
niscences of the shebeens of Sophiatown, which may remind American 
readers of the late John McNulty's pieces in The New Yorker about 
his favorite Third Avenue bars. It bursts forth in the bitterness toward 
the ousted colonial powers expressed in one portion of Abioseh Nicol's 
lovely lyric, Return to West Africa, and in the challenge posed by the 
Europeans who decide to stay on as future citizens recently termed 
by Tanganyika's Julius Nyerere, "the new tribes," as against Africa's 
indigenous tribes. It cries through protest pieces such as Why I Ran 
Away, Phyllis Ntantala's moving Widows of the Reserves and J. 
Koyinde Vaughan's challenging Africa and the Cinema. While it is a 
personality necessarily and happily as varied as the people of Africa, 
it is founded on a common bond, a common yearning that may best 
be described by the stirring, concluding response at the Accra Confer- 
ence: Mayibuye, Africa! Freely translated, that means "Long live 
Africa!" But the literal translation comes much closer: "Come back, 
Africa!" 

"Is it really necessary for us to justify our demand for freedom?" 
asks Tom Mboya, Kenya's young and dynamic political leader. "If so, 



INTRODUCTION 

to whom are we accountable and by what and whose standards are we 
to be judged?" So speaks the voice of New Africa. What white writers 
think of the once Dark Continent we long have known. These pages 
tell what black writers think. 

L.H. 
April, 1960 
New York 



Contents 



INTRODUCTION BY LANGSTON HUGHES 

ARTICLES 

Return to West Africa, Abioseh Nicol, Sierra Leone 1 

Requiem for Sophia town, Can Themba, South Africa 10 

Ibos as They Are, Onyenae^eya Udeagu, Nigeria 16 

The Widows of the Reserves, Phyllis Ntantala, South Africa 20 

Why I Ran Away, Blofe Modisane, South Africa 26 

African Freedom, Tom Mboya, Kenya 30 

Accra Conference Diary, Ezefyiel Mphahlele, South Africa 36 

The Blacks, Peter Abrahams, South Africa 42 

Renascent Africa, Frederic^ S. Arthur st, Ghana 56 

MISCELLANEOUS 

With the Lid Off, Todd Matshi\iza, South Africa 65 

An African's Adventures in America, Babs Fafunwa, Nigeria 68 

Counsel's Opinion, South Africa 72 

Girl About Town, Marion Morel, South Africa 73 
What Nkrumah Said to the U.S. Senate, Kwame Nfyumah, Ghana 75 

African Lonely Hearts, South Africa 77 

The Origin of Death, Hottentot Fol\ Talc . 80 

The Greater Trickster, Efi\ Fol^ Tale 81 

The Butcher's Share, Efi\ Fol\ Tale 82 

Tribal Proverbs 83 

ESSAYS 

Africa and the Cinema, /. Koyinde Vaughan, Nigeria 85 

African Work Songs, Tennyson Matywane, South Africa 95 

Funeral of a Whale, /. Benibengor Blay, Ghana 98 

Akan Poetry, /. H. Kwabena N r \etia, Ghana 102 



STORIES 

New Life at Kyerefaso, Efua Theodora Sutherland, Ghana 111 

Death in the Sun, Peter Kumalo, South Africa 118 

Ajantala, the Noxious Guest, Amos Tutuola, Nigeria 121 

The Bench, Richard Rive, South Africa 128 

Mista Courifer, Adelaide Casely-Hayford, Sierra Leone 134 

As the Night, the Day, Abioseh Nicol, Sierra Leone 144 

Law of the Grazing Fields, Cyprian E{wensi, Nigeria 157 

Anticipation, Mabel Dove-Danquah, Ghana 163 

Episode in Malay Camp, Peter Abrahams, South Africa 168 

POETRY 

African Heaven, Francis Ernest Kobina Parses, Ghana 177 

Spirit of the Wind, Gabriel 0\ara, Nigeria 181 

Forefathers, Birago Diop, Senegal 183 

Return: Two Poems, Abioseh Nicol, Sierra Leone 185 

The Serving Girl, Aquah Laluah, Ghana 187 

Play Song, Peter Kumalo, South Africa 188 

That Heavenly Moment, Dei Anang, Ghana 189 

Life in Our Village, Matei Mar\wei, Ghana 190 

Flute Players, Jean Joseph Rabtarivelo, Malagasy Republic 191 

Vultures, Simon Pedere\, Ghana 193 

Two in London, Wole Soy in {a, Nigeria 194 
To the American Negro Troops, Leopold SSdar Senghor, Senegal 199 

Song of the Poor Man, Anonymous, Zanzibar 201 

Weapon, /. W. W. Citashe, South Africa 203 

BIOGRAPHICAL NOTES 205 



ARTICLES 



Return to West Africa 



ABIOSEH NICOL 



Sierra Leone 



The plane bringing me back from England rose 
steadily over the West African forests and the air 
steward, a charming competent person in white uniform, his face not 
unpleasantly scarred with tribal marks, came round offering us free 
drinks. The landscape slowly unrolled beneath us, sometimes the 
pounding sea and white sands, sometimes endless acres of green forest. 
Then perhaps a neat, orderly town which may be French, British, 
Portuguese or Liberian, then the green forest again. 

The passengers reflected a cross section of those on urgent business 
in West Africa, a few British officials, continental businessmen, a 
Japanese merchant deciphering a commercial telegram, an African 
barrister, a middle-aged Englishwoman who had just finished lecturing 
at one of the local universities, and an African missionary of some 
obscure religious sect traveling within the continent. 

That week, in British West Africa, a white dentist had just lost a 
libel case where he had sued a political newspaper for writing that he 
hit an African woman over the head because she refused to have an 
infected tooth removed. He had resigned and was waiting to go home. 
The judge was white. Further down the coast, an international char- 
acter, who had been arrested for trying to smuggle 40,000 worth of 
diamonds, had jumped his bail and left a distraught young Englishman 
to pay 10,000. None of the British or Africans were in any great 
sympathy, as all were fed up with diamond smugglers, black and 



2 ARTICLES 

white, imperiling the country's finances. In the last sensational case 
before this one, another suspect had been arrested and searched, with 
nothing found on him. A Dublin-trained African doctor, struck by the 
stiffish gait of the suspect, had then thoroughly examined him with 
patience and skill, finally and triumphantly removing a large rectal 
suppository full of diamonds. 

Further down the coast, in Ghana, Nkrumah, the prime minister, 
was visiting Kumasi, the stronghold of the opposition. The King of 
the Ashantis, the most powerful ruler in the country and, as some had 
thought, the spiritual head of the opposition, was going to be at the 
airport to welcome him and take him to his palace for a visit. 

In Nigeria, the national leadership of Dr. Azikiwe (Zik), the prime 
minister of the eastern region, was being challenged again by one of 
his lieutenants. A challenge of this sort happens every two years, and 
Zik usually emerges triumphant. Everyone was now watching with 
interest to see if history would repeat itself. A few days later, it did. 

From the moment one lands at any of the local airports, there is 
little doubt about where power lies. West African air hostesses trip 
the motley passengers across the Tarmac to the waiting room. African 
immigration and customs officials scrutinize briefly the faces of each 
entrant, usually reserving more concentrated examination for Lebanese 
and Indian merchants. Token British officials here and there hover 
round, appearing suddenly like magic to make a few conciliatory 
remarks to the African officials, in case some white traveler, fresh from 
Johannesburg, Leopoldville or London, begins to argue. The American 
passengers are usually subdued and wear a resolute expression of people 
determined not to make any more mistakes. The crowds part a little 
as an African cabinet minister, fresh from some conference or financial 
mission, strides by, accompanied by British officials and African party 
supporters and relations. A crowd of Europeans and Africans seeing 
off friends or waiting for arrivals, line the spectators' lounge. Some 
simply gather for the never-ending excitement of the great international 
planes disgorging the endless stream of businessmen, missionaries, 
wives and children, arriving from the other four continents. 

I arrived at one of these airports, having casually sent ahead to an 
old African school friend, now a senior government official. He was 
there to meet me, and in exactly five minutes I had passed through all 



RETURN TO WEST AFRICA 3 

the barriers and had been whisked off in a powerful car. I demurred 
a little at having been swept past the other dozen or so passengers, 
mostly European, who had automatically formed a queue and were 
filling forms, waiting. "Don't worry," he reassured me, "they used to 
do the same here eight years ago when they were in power. You are 
now in your own country." 

My question had upset him a little. We ran down an unwary chicken 
and climbed up a hill steadily. He said he was going to buy a Mercedes 
Benz next. "The German salesmen are more deferential, and they make 
better cars," he said, "but I doubt whether they will again now that 
they have joined the arms race." We turned into the erstwhile European 
reservation. Now the houses and bungalows were apportioned to offi- 
cials regardless of race. 

My friend Jalloh said that when he was a boy he used to come up 
from the town and hide among the trees to watch the Europeans in 
their bungalows because the only Africans allowed in that quarter used 
to be servants. Now he lives in one of the houses himself. The exclusive 
European club was no more, as clubs with membership based on race 
were now illegal. "I don't like going to that club," Jalloh said, "but I do 
go, and I am a member, just to show there is no ill-feeling. And, in any 
case, all these European clubs were built with government money on 
Crown land." I asked whether this law against racial discrimination 
in club membership applied to African secret societies like the Ogboni 
in Yoruba land, and the Poro in Mende country. Jalloh's reply sounded 
very much like that which British officials gave ten years ago, on 
parallel occasions. "Good heavens, there's no racial discrimination there. 
In point of fact, thirty years ago, a district commissioner, an excellent 
chap, was actually initiated into the Poro society." 

"You would say, though," I asked, "that the British have left a good 
civil service, as they did in India?" 

"I expect you read that from books and newspapers," Jalloh said. 
"The British are always full of praise for themselves and their civil 
service. When I took over from my white predecessor, I found dozens 
of letters unanswered and urgent matters not dealt with. By 1963 we 
should have Africanized our civil service completely." 

I said I seriously doubted that. Jalloh admitted that the technical 
services, engineering, medicine, agriculture and education, would still 



4 ARTICLES 

need people from the overseas civil service. But not the administration. 
He was firm about that. 

"Europeans are going to work with us and not over us. That is quite 
clear. You can never Africanize a department if you have a European 
at the head of it. Because they won't commit financial suicide." 

"They say the British administration had integrity," I said. 

"Some had," he admitted, fairly, "but others . . ." He threw both 
hands up; we swerved a little and I braced myself. He put his hands 
back to the wheel. 

"What would you say," he continued, "of a director of engineering, 
a civil servant, who retires and joins the board of a firm to which he 
had given contracts when he was in charge. Or a retired governor, 
who joins the board of a mining company or trading firm, which had 
operated in his territory. Would you say their hands had been clean 
when they were in the administration?" 

I said they might have joined the boards by invitation, because they 
had special knowledge of the territory, but I admitted that it was an 
open question and a controversial one, which was present not only in 
the colonial service. 

"But we know who our friends are now," Jalloh said severely; 
"just come with me to fetch the children. I left them with neighbors." 

We drove down a bougainvillaea-lined road, and his children were 
playing with some white children, stripped to the waist. A sun-tanned 
young English couple came out and urged us in to drinks. Jalloh 
hesitated, as he was in a hurry, but finally came out of the car to show 
me he was broad-minded, and we went in. The Englishwoman pushed 
Jalloh affectionately into a chair while her husband mixed drinks. 

"I bet Jalloh's been abusing the British again," she said, turning to 
me. "Every time he reads about some Jamaican being thrown out of 
a London pub or Negro children chased out of southern schools, I can 
see the hostile look in his face. I don't know if he thinks John and I 
run the British Government or are Governor Faubus." 

"You are all the same," said Jalloh, sipping his iced beer contentedly, 
and basking in the warmth of their obvious friendliness. 

We soon reached Jalloh's house, a large comfortable house, but with 
only two bedrooms. He explained that this was because the British 
never brought their children out in the old days, and all the houses 



RETURN TO WEST AFRICA 5 

were for bachelors or single couples. He spoke with enthusiasm about 
the couple we had just left. "They are all right," he said; "they make 
an effort to learn the language and don't complain about native stew- 
ards the whole time. They live just ordinary lives as they did at home 
in England." 

"Is that possible?" I asked. 

He did not answer me but continued, "When Dr. Musa came back 
from England with the white woman he had married, they were the 
first to call and see them, whilst the others pretended Mrs. Musa did 
not exist. They hardly ever went to the European club in the old days," 
said Jalloh, giving the final mark of approval. 

Over a large bowl of rice, okra and palm-oil chop, Jalloh spoke 
reflectively of his Cambridge days. 

"How is Canon Raven," he said, "and how is Sheppard, the provost 
of King's? They and one or two others were the only ones who 
bothered with foreign students and came to some of our meetings." 

"What else do you remember about your University days?" I asked. 

"The Saturday morning lectures of Professor Harold Laski of the 
London School of Economics." 

I remembered that the L.S.E. had been evacuated to Cambridge 
during the war. 

"And the girls too, at the L.S.E.," Jalloh said reflectively, picking 
his teeth. "Weren't they nice and friendly? One of them actually asked 
me to be her escort at a ball," he added. 

Jalloh's wife, a quiet African girl, spoke up for the first time. 

"Perhaps no one else had asked her," she said, and lapsed back 
into silence. 

"Don't you remember anything else?" I asked. "The other lectures? 
And what about the weeping willows by the river near Garret Hostel 
Bridge? Sunday evensong at King's College Chapel? The homemade 
cakes at the Whim?" 

"Cambridge sponge cakes were good," Jalloh replied judicially, "but 
you can get all those others from picture books and gramophone 
records. Only human friendship matters." 



6 ARTICLES 

"Oh, but those Russians were so kind, they were very kind, they 
were very, very kind." He was a young West African student whom I 
had met casually on a bus. I had asked him if he had been abroad and 
he replied excitedly that he had visited Russia and Europe. 

"These kind Russians ..." I said, "do you think it was genuine ?" 

"Oh, yes," he was emphatic about that. "And it was not organized. 
Everywhere we went," he continued lyrically, "they entertained us 
so well, they crowded round us and they asked us to their homes. 
Everywhere, whether in Leningrad or Moscow, or in the very small 
villages." 

"Don't you think," I asked him, "it was because they had never seen 
black people before?" 

"I don't know," he said, "but the fact remains that they were very 
kind to us. They treated us as very important people wherever we went. 
They gave us priority over most of the other delegations." 

Our bus ground its way with a terrifying screech up a low hill past 
the small village with the oil lamps flickering by the market stalls, 
where ground nuts and fried pancakes, open to the evening dust and 
the flies, were for sale. 

"Did you visit other parts of Europe?" 

"Yes, we did. Czechoslovakia was not friendly, but East Germany 
was very friendly. The difference between East and West Germany 
was marked. The West Germans were so cold, in fact, the more you 
moved west the colder the people became in their manner. In Britain 
they were coldest of all." 

"There are many who love you in Britain," I told him, "and who 
work for us all the time." 

"I did not meet them," he said simply. "I sat in an empty bus once," 
he said, "and as the bus filled up the British people sat in every seat 
until the one next to me was the only one empty. Then they began to 
stand up, and still left it empty." 

I knew with the young it was always best to be truthful or they lost 
confidence in you. So I agreed with him. 

"Casual encounters," I said, "are bad in England; you have simply 
got to get used to it." 

"In Russia," he said, "they were always kind to strangers and some- 
times took you home for a meal." 



RETURN TO WEST AFRICA 7 

"The British are better when you know them more personally." 

He looked at me slyly from the corner of his eye. "Are you married 
to an English wife, Sir?" 

"No," I said, "my wife is as black as you and I." 

"Ah," he said. 

"Have you been to America?" I asked him. He seemed to have 
traveled a lot. 

"I've no wish to go there," he said. "They say they treat black people 
badly there." 

I said I'd been to America for three months and had been treated 
very well. 

"You should go to Russia, Sir," he said. "Nkrumah should go to 
Russia too. Our important people must visit Russia. You must not 
believe the newspapers, Sir." 

I said that you must not believe the newspapers about America too. 

"America," he continued, "only gives scholarships to people who 
are already important," he said. "But the Russians say they will give 
scholarships to any of us who want to serve our people." 

"But don't you meet any British people here?" I asked. 

"The British Council men are very nice, but there are only two of 
them," he said; "and there are also a few religious ones." 

He reflected for a while. "I did go to tea at one or two homes while 
I was in England. And also they have asked me to tea here." 

"That's nothing like caviar and vodka," I said. 

He laughed. "As a matter of fact, I don't drink. At these teas," he 
continued, with sudden vehemence, "they were so patronizing. 'Mr. 
Kanga,' they would ask me, 'you speak English very well; how old 
were you when you began to speak English? How old were you when 
you began to wear shoes?'" 

"They don't mean any harm. At least I don't think so." 

"One day," he said, "I told myself I would answer those questions 

by saying I was born talking English with shoes on But those 

Russians were so kind," he said. "It was the first time that I had felt 
free and easy with white people." 

So I said to him that it was not easy for the British and the Amer- 
icans to be friendly overnight to their ex-servants and ex-slaves. "Give 
them time." 



8 ARTICLES 

"A Russian woman told us they themselves had been serfs until 
Lenin camel" 

I asked him what he thought of the American students. There were 
about seventy of them, about ten per cent Negroes and the rest white, 
who were spending their summer vacation in work camps with West 
African students. Kanga was enthusiastic about them. "Oh, they are 
good. They are friendly and they are tactful," he said. "And, can't they 
dance," he added. "They don't seem to have any race prejudice," he 
said, "but perhaps they have been warned." 

I wondered myself bleakly why Oxford and Cambridge students did 
not organize work camps in Africa and Asia, but instead went off on 
expeditions to take television films of prancing tribesmen in remote 
parts of Africa and South America. 

The bus stopped and we began gathering our coats. The rain outside 
was torrential. 

"Tell me one last thing, my friend," I asked. "You think we would 
do better under the Russians than with the British or Americans?" 

He smiled and showed very white teeth. "It does not matter who they 
are," he said. "Russian, British, American or French. The only govern- 
ment fit for Africa is an African government." 

Two days later I met a university lecturer and asked him casually 
whether he knew a student called Kanga. "Oh yes," he said. "He is 
quite a leader; gets on very well with the other students. A pleasant 
sort of man." 

"Is he a Communist?" I asked. 

"No, there is no communism here," he explained. "They don't know 
the meaning of the word. Some of them call themselves nationalists." 



The plane rose slowly and then bumped a little in that vast forest 
stretch over the Ivory Coast between Ghana and Liberia. There always 
seemed to be a thunderstorm whenever one passed this desolate patch 
after leaving Abidjan. 

Soon by the end of the day we were getting past the edge of Africa. 
An Englishman chatted amiably with me and told me that West 
Africans were still too near the British Colonial administration to 
realize the good it had done for them. "On the other hand," he said, 



RETURN TO WEST AFRICA 9 

fairly, "we British tend to take things too much for granted. We think 
our work is finished when we grant your people independence. It is 
then our work begins." 

I said I thought the measure of the success of the western world 
in Africa depended on whether they were as good at being friends now 
as they had been at being masters. But I did not think they had too 
much time. He did not reply to that. 



Requiem for Sophiatown 

CAN THEMBA 

South Africa 



Realism can be star-scattering, even if you have lived 
your whole unthinking life in reality. Especially in 
Sophiatown these days,* where it can come with the sudden crash of 
a flying brick on the back of your head. 

Like the other day when Bob Gosani and I sneaked off toward our 
secret shebeen in Morris Street. We were dodging an old friend of 
ours whom we call the Leech, for he is one of those characters who 
like their drink any amount so long as someone else pays for it. 

Well, this secret shebeen in Morris Street was a nice place. You take 
a passage through Meyer Street over haphazard heaps of bricks where 
houses have been broken down, you find another similar passage that 
leads you from Ray Street into Edith Street, where you find another 
passage, neater, having always been there, between the colored school 
and Jerusalem-like slum-houses, you go down a little, and suddenly 
there it is. 

Quite a fine place, too. A little brick wall, a minute garden of mostly 
Christmas flowers, a half-veranda (the other half has become a little 
kitchen) and the floor of the veranda polished a bright green. 

Inside, the sitting room may be cluttered with furniture, it is so 
small, but you sink comfortably into a sofa as one of the little tables 
that can stand under the other's belly is placed before you, and you 
make your order. Half-a-jack of brandy 1 

How often have Bob and I not whooped happily: "Yessus! the 
Leech will never find us here." So, though there were more direct routes 

* At the time this was written, the freehold area in the west of white 
Johannesburg, called Sophiatown, had been declared a "black spot" and was in the 
process of demolition its black residents being forcibly removed to the regimented 
location of Meadowlands. 

10 



REQUIEM FOR SOPHIATOWN II 

to this place, we always took the passages. They say these people can 
smell when you are going to make a drink. 

But that day, as we emerged into Morris Street, it was as if that 
brick had just struck us simultaneously on our heads. That sweet, little 
place was just not there. Where it should have been was a grotesque, 
grinning structure of torn red brick that made it look like the face of 
a mauled boxer trying to be sporting after his gruel. A nausea of despair 
rose up in me, but it was Bob who said the only appropriate thing: 

"Shucks." 

Here is the odd thing about Sophiatown. I have long been inured 
to the ravages wreaked upon Sophiatown. I see its wrecks daily, and 
through many of its passages that have made such handy short cuts 
for me, I have stepped gingerly many times over the tricky rubble. 
Inside of me, I have long stopped arguing the injustice, the vindictivc- 
ness, the strong-arm authority of which prostrate Sophiatown is a loud 
symbol. 

Long ago I decided to concede, to surrender to the argument that 
Sophiatown was a slum, after all. I am itchingly nagged by the thought 
that slum clearance should have nothing to do with the theft of free- 
hold rights. But the sheer physical fact of Sophiatown's removal has 
intimidated me. 

Moreover, so much has gone veritable institutions. Fatty of the 
Thirty-nine Steps. Now, that was a great shebeen! It was in Good 
Street. You walked up a flight of steps, the structure looked dingy as 
if it would crash down with you any moment. You opened a door 
and walked into a dazzle of bright electric light, contemporary furni- 
ture and massive Fatty. She was a legend. Gay, friendly, coquettish, 
always ready to sell you a drink. And that mama had everything: 
whisky, brandy, gin, beer, wine the lot. Sometimes she could even 
supply cigars. But now that house is flattened. I'm told that in Meadow- 
lands she has lost the zest for the game. She has even tried to look for 
work in town. Ghastly. 

Dwarf, who used to find a joke in everything. He used to walk into 
Bloke's place, catch us red-handed playing the music of Mozart. He 
used to cock his ear, listen a little and in his gravel voice comment: 
"No wonder he's got a name like that." There is nothing that Dwarf 
loved more than sticking out his tongue to a cop and running for it. 



12 ARTICLES 

I once caught him late at night in his Meadowlands house washing 
dishes. He sail manfully tries to laugh at himself. 

And Mabeni's, where the great Dolly Rathebe once sang the blues 
to me. I didn't ask her. She just sidled over to me on the couch and 
broke into song. It was delicious. But now Dolly is in Port Elizabeth, 
and Mabeni, God knows where. 

These are only high lights from the swarming, cacophonous, strut- 
ting, brawling, vibrating life of the Sophiatown that was. But it was 
not all just shebeeny, smutty, illegal stuff. Some places it was as dreams 
are made on. 

I am thinking of those St. Cyprian's School boys who a decade ago 
sweatingly dug out the earth behind the house of the Community of 
the Resurrection in order to have a swimming pool. It still stands, and 
the few kids left still paddle in it. Some of those early schoolboys of 
St. Cyprian's later went up to Father Ross or Father Raynes or Father 
Huddleston who wangled a bursary for them to go to St. Peter's, then 
on to Fort Hare, and later even Wits, to come back doctors. 

Their parents, patiently waiting and working in town, skimped a 
penny here, a tickey there, so that they might make the necessary 
alteration to their house, or pay off the mortgage. And slowly Sophia- 
town was becoming house-proud. 

Of course, there were pressures too heavy for them. After the war, 
many people came to Johannesburg to seek for work and some hole 
to night in. As they increased they became a housing problem. As 
nobody seemed to care, they made Sophiatown a slum. 

But the children of those early Sophiatonians some of them are 
still around. It is amazing how many of them are products of the 
Anglican mission at St. Cyprian's. I meet them often in respectable 
homes, and we talk the world to tatters. 

Mostly we talk of our lot in life. After all, too often we have been 
told that we are the future leaders of our people. We are the young 
stalwarts who are supposed to solve the problems of our harassed world. 

"Not political unity, we need," one would say; "our society is too 
diverse and unwieldy for that. Just a dynamic core of purified fighters 
with clear objectives and a straightforward plan of action. That is all." 

Another: "No! We must align ourselves with the new forces at 
play in Africa today. There already is the dynamicity. The idea of a 



REQUIEM FOR SOPHIATOWN 13 

one Africa has never been put as powerfully as at Accra recently. 
You see, Africans, wherever they are, have not a territorial, a local 
loyalty: they don't feel that they belong to a South Africa or a Fed- 
eration or a Tanganyika or a Kenya or a West Africa, but with 
Africans in the whole of Africa. In fact, many of us are wondering if 
Arabs and Egyptians are also Africans. They probably are." 

Still another: "Ya. But this African Personality idea, how does it 
mean to us? What does it mean, anyway?" 

"I'll tell you. In the world today are poised against each other two 
massive ideologies: of the East and of the West. Both of them play 
international politics as if we're bound to choose between them. 
Between them only. We have just discovered that we can choose as 
we like, if we grow strong in our own character. But there's more to 
this. The West has had a damned long time to win us. Win us over 
to western thinking. Western Christian way of living. Their ideas of 
democracy and their Christian ideals were wonderful, but they did not 
mean them. 

"Let me explain. We are quite a religious people. We accept the 
idealism of Christianity. We accept its high principles. But in a stub- 
born, practical sense we believe in reality. Christian brotherhood must 
be real. Democracy must actually be the rule of the people: not of a 
white hobo over a black Master of Arts. 

"To us, if a witch doctor says he'll bring rain, we not only want 
to see the rain fall, but also the crops sprout from the earth. That's 
what a rainmaker's for, nay? If the bone-thrower says he'll show up 
the bastard who's been slinging lightning at me, I expect him to swing 
that bolt of lightning right back. So if the priest says God's on my 
side, I'd like to see a few more chances and a little less white-man's 
curses. 

"But in any case, Christianity is now an anaemic religion. It cannot 
rouse the ancient in me especially the Chaka instinct I still have. 
Now, you and I are educated guys. We don't go for the witchcraft 
stuff. And we don't want to go for the jukebox stuff. But much as we 
deny it, we still want the thrill of the wild blood of our forefathers. 
The whites call it savagery. Ineradicable barbarism. But in different 
degrees we want the color, and vigor and vibrant appeal of it all. So 
the tsotsi seeks in the cowboy the way to strut across the streets with 



14 ARTICLES 

swaying hips and a dangerous weapon in each hand. So the Zionist 
thumps his drum and gyrates his holy fervor up the streets. So you and 
I and these guys here discuss politics, teasingly dancing around the 
idea of violence. 

"All it means is that in wanting to express her demand for demo- 
cratic self-determination, Africa is also releasing her ancientmost 
desire to live life over the brim. That's how come we sometimes seem 
to talk in two voices." 

"Wait a minute," another shrieks, "wait a minute. We're not all 
like that. Some of us would like to get things right, and start anew. 
Some piece of social engineering could get things working right, if 
our moral purposes were right, not just vengeful." 

"Sure, but our masters have taught this damned thing violence so 
well by precept often practice that they get you to believe that it's 
the only way to talk turkey to them." 

We do not only talk about this particular subject. Our subjects arc 
legion. Nkrumah must be a hell of a guy, or is he just bluffing? What 
about our African intellectuals who leave the country just when we 
need them most? But is it honestly true that we don't want to have 
affairs with white girls? What kind of white supremacy is this that 
cannot stand fair competition? In fact, all those cheeky questions that 
never get aired in public. 

But it always ends up with someone saying, "Aw shut up, folks, 
you got no plan to liberate us." 

Somewhere here, and among a thousand more individualistic things, 
is the magic of Sophiatown. It is different and itself. You don't just 
find your place here, you make it and you find yourself. There's a 
tang about it. You might now and then have to give way to others 
making their ways of life by methods not in the book. But you can't 
be bored. You have the right to listen to the latest jazz records at 
Ah Sing's over the road. You can walk a colored girl of an evening 
down to the Odin Cinema, and no questions asked. You can try out 
Rhugubar's curry with your bare fingers without embarrassment. All 
this with no sense of heresy. Indeed, I've shown quite a few white 
people "the little Paris of the Transvaal" but only a few were Afri- 
kaners. 

What people have thought to be the brazennes of Sophiatown has 



REQUIEM FOR SOPHIATOWN 15 

really been its clean-faced frankness. And, of course, its swart jowl 
against the rosy cheek of Westdene. 

Ay, me. That was the Sophiatown that was. 

I shall have to leave these respectable homes of my friends and 
stumble over the loose bricks back to my den. I hear tell that Blackie 
is still about in his shack behind the posh house in devastated Millar 
Street. 

Blackie's landlord is still facing it out, what the hell for? Most of 
the standholders have decided to capitulate. They are selling out like 
rats letting the passengers sink. Solly got caught in this the newest 
racket. His landlord told him nothing. Waited for him to pay the 
next month's rent, although he knew that he was planning to sell out. 

Solly was not at home when the landlord trekked. When he got 
there he found his furniture was left outside and a policeman was 
guarding the house. Poor Solly had to rush about looking for some 
place to put his stuff for the night. Half-a-dozen friends helped. 

And still I wander among the ruins trying to find one or two of 
the shebeens that Dr. Verwoerd has overlooked. But I do not like the 
dead-eyes with which some of these ghost houses stare back at me. 
One of these days I, too, will get me out of here. Finish and clear I 



Ibos as They Arc 

ONYENAEKEYA UDEAGU 

Nigeria 



It is not uncommon for people, including other 

Nigerians, to conceive of the Ibos as trouble-makers, 

thickheads and proverbial misers. Such misconceptions are never made 

by the good friends of Ibos who have taken the time to study them as 

they really are. 

The Ibos of Nigeria are neither hostile nor disobedient. They arc 
very generous and approachable, but much depends on the inquirer's 
outlook. Time was when the Ibos gulped the taunts and jeers of 
foreigners. Any manifestation of deceit or sense of superiority now by 
a foreigner is not only suspected but resented. 

The population of Iboland is estimated at 6,000,000. It occupies the 
country bordering the River Niger, south of Lokoja to the Cross River 
in the east and from the swamps of Ikwerre Land to the grasslands 
fringing Ogoja in the north. The forests arc mainly evergreen rain 
and deciduous types. This is chiefly responsible for Iboland's agricul- 
tural resources, and there is no spot on the earth's surface that can make 
its occupants happier. Yam, the pride of Nigeria, is about the best 
edible tuber in the world and no people cultivate more yams than the 
Ibos. There are all sorts of fruits, among which are oranges, limes, man- 
goes, peaches, bananas and plantains. Nuts of various sorts, including 
palm nuts, coconuts and groundnuts, provide products for world trade. 
The country is rich in resources, many of which are still untapped, 
which include the coal of Enugu, the gold, lignite and iron of Abakalik, 
and the gold and petroleum of Okigwi. 

The forests of Iboland breed such animals as leopard, antelope, 
duiker, monkeys, buffalo and various rodents, most of which are 
killed as wild game. Fishes arc abundant in Ibo rivers the Imo, the 

16 



IBOS AS THEY ARE Ij 

Oji, the Qua and some tributaries of the Cross River. There are also 
crocodiles, alligators and manatees. Other sea animals and fishes abound 
in the Atlantic sea creek which drains eastern Iboland at Port Harcourt. 
There are various snakes the vipers, the boa constrictor, the cobra. 
Hardly any class of tropical fauna is lacking in Iboland. 

The Ibos are of chocolate complexion. They are generally shorter 
and stouter than other Nigerians and are physically well built. They 
possess high aptitude for hard work and learning. 

Before the coming of the British, the Ibos were enjoying a highly 
democratic government, and since its inception the native court system 
is maintained in quasi-democratic lines. The allegation that Ibos live 
in anarchy is a farce. The communities live under a government of 
elders who fix the laws and customs. Every family group has the right 
of selecting its eldest man, provided he is married, to be its council 
representative. If the eldest man is an idiot or has a mental deficiency, 
the immediate successor is selected in his stead. Quite often the repre- 
sentative is provided with an adviser. At the head of the council is a 
president or chief whose decision in cultural matters, laws and customs 
as handed down from the ancestors is final. There are no written 
laws or customs, but the men are full of memory and follow the 
trends of their fathers very carefully. The opinion of elders is not 
neglected in matters affecting the general well-being of the community. 
Privilege of suggestion (franchise) is given to every young man once 
he is married. If on the other hand he fails to marry when he has 
acquired his full maturity, he is often minimized. 

Public works, such as the maintenance of roads and water supply, 
are done by different groups. The children maintain the streets. Meet- 
ings of the elders are arranged weekly in the buildings known as Obi 
or Agbala. If there is a meeting of two or three communities, the usual 
place for it is always the central market. Market days form the occasion 
for public holidays, and as market is often the center of general 
rejoicing in Iboland, market places are comfortably maintained. The 
middle-aged men and young men maintain the hygiene of the market. 
Always there are market groups which settle quarrels and prevent any 
discrepancies. Each market day has its ruling deity which is supposed 
to punish anyone doing harm to the attendants at the market. 

Priests have little function in Iboland. They maintain the deities to 



l8 ARTICLES 

which they are assigned while the elders do the management. The 
management of public finance is maintained by a treasurer who must 
be a well-to-do and careful gentleman. A well-to-do woman may often 
hold the office. 

The defense of every community is often given over to a body of 
youths of responsibility and discipline. Wrestling forms the best and 
most remarkable Ibo game. When a young man wins a match, he 
has the chance of gaining much favor and benefits. He is carried about 
the streets and the spectators sing merrily while girls wipe his face and 
give him presents. His parents always rejoice and give him presents of 
livestock and money. 

Once a young man has attained the age of reason, his parents become 
strict with him. He is taught the value of a busy life. Every youth, 
even the son of the richest man of his community, must acquire the 
lifelong taste for manual work. You very rarely find an Ibo man or 
woman begging for alms. An Ibo prefers to die than to be idle. Even 
the lame and crippled work for their existence. The blind find them- 
selves work in their communities. This pride enhances the prestige of 
an Ibo wherever he goes. 

To strangers the Ibos seem to be a proud set of people. It is not 
uncommon to hear the European bosses say that Ibos are an argumenta- 
tive set of people. During our military services in India and Burma the 
pride of Ibo soldiers amongst other African soldiers was proverbial. 
It was always, "Do you know you're an African?" In the company 
offices and orderly rooms the first few words from the officer trying 
an Ibo soldier was followed by "Don't argue, you!" or "You want to 
be too clever," and similar expressions. Their expressive mentality, 
which they enjoy in their culture at home, does not always allow them 
to gulp in false charges without defense. 

The Ibo looks proud because he is bred in a free atmosphere where 
everyone is another's equal. He hates to depend on anyone for his life 
needs. He does not mind if others look proud. He has much to be 
proud of in his land. Nature has provided for him. He is strong and 
able to work or fight. He is well formed. He is generally happy in 
his society where no ruler overrides his conscience. He likes to advance 
and he is quick to learn. He likes to give rather than take. 

Except for changes of the new era the Ibo woman is proverbial for 



IBOS AS THEY ARE 19 

her modesty. That is the reason why old maids are inconsistent with 
the culture of Iboland; they are usually harlots in disguise. Before the 
European era, there was no harlot in Iboland. Every man and woman 
married and perpetuated that end which nature ordains for reproduc- 
tion. There is no excuse for not marrying except extreme poverty and 
deformity. 

Misogamy and prostitution are abhorred by the elders because they 
lead to the extreme peril of any society practicing them. Wherefore 
doth God say, "Increase and multiply . . ." ? Will not God be displeased 
if His word is not carried out? Let the reader of this portion note that 
venereal diseases were unknown in the pre-European era because there 
was no prostitution or sources of promiscuous coition. 

Before I came to know the principles of good feeding I thought that 
those who ate more tinned food and drink, more European imported 
wines and ales, had the best in life. But now, I come to know that 
our local foodstuffs, more or less regarded as a bushman's foods, are 
the best nature provides in the whole planet. Our forefathers were well 
nourished with the same bushman's foods. Why should we replace 
them with imported articles which are deficient in vitamins? How 
much better to take a jar of palm wine and get more yeast for our eyes 
than to drink a highly intoxicating bottle of gin and get a madden 
brain? Debt and poverty are certain goals of people who are famous 
for eating and drinking. Extravagance is always a bad master. An Ibo 
has strong aversion to scorn. Once his fortune is lost by faulty living 
he has to face taunts and jeers and has very little chance of help. But a 
good Ibo always avoids embarrassing his fellow man by asking for help. 



The Widows of the Reserves 

PHYLLIS NTANTALA 

South Africa 



Widowhood a life of void and loneliness; a period 
of tension, unbalance and strenuous adjustment. And 
what can it be to those thousands of African women those adolescent 
girls married before they reach womanhood, thrown into a life of 
responsibility before they have completely passed from childhood to 
adulthood; those young women in the prime of early womanhood 
left to face life alone, burdened with the task of building a home and 
rearing a family; those young women doomed to nurse alone their 
sick babies, weep alone over their dead babies, dress and bury alone 
their corpses? What can it mean to those young brides whose purpose 
has been snatched away, overnight, leaving them bewildered and lost, 
leaving them with a thirst and hunger that cannot be stilled? 

And yet this is the daily lot of tens of thousands of African women 
whose husbands are torn away from them to go and work in the cities, 
mines and farms husbands who because of the migratory labor system 
cannot take their wives with them and, because of the starvation 
wages they receive, are forced to remain in the work centers for long 
periods strangers in a strange land but equally strangers at home 
to their wives and children. 

These women remain alone in the Reserves to build the homes, till 
the land, rear the stock, bring up the children. They watch alone the 
ravages of drought, when the scraggy cows cease to provide the milk, 
when the few stock drop one by one because there is no grass on the 
veld, and all the streams have been lapped dry by the scorching sun. 
They watch alone the crops in the fields wither in the scorching sun, 
their labor of months blighted in a few days. They witness alone the 
hailstorm sweep clean their mealie lands, alone they witness the wind 

2O 



THE WIDOWS OF THE RESERVES 21 

lift bodily their huts as if they were pieces of paper, rendering them 
and their children homeless. Alone they bury their babies one by one 
and lastly their unknown lovers their husbands, whose corpses alone 
are sent back to the Reserves. For the world of grinding machines has 
no use for men whose lungs are riddled with t.b. and miner's phthisis. 

For miles around throughout the country one sees nobody but these 
women young and yet stern-faced with lines of care on their faces. 
This one climbing the slope with a bucket of water on her head and, 
if lucky, a baby on her back; that one going up the hill with a heavy 
bundle of wood on her head; another following behind a span of six 
oxen drawing a sledge with ploughing implements and only a young- 
ster of ten or twelve years as her help; and yet another driving home a 
scraggy herd of cattle or a flock of sheep numbering twenty at the very 
most, with yet another small boy by her side. 

In the ploughing season they are to be seen behind the span of 
oxen, holding the plough, leading the team of ploughing oxen. In the 
cold winter months, alone with young girls and boys they reap the 
fields, load the wagons and bring in the harvest. A poor harvest! What 
else could it be? "Bad farming methods of the native," is the official 
attitude of South Africa. But how could it be otherwise when the 
farming is left to women and children, when the whole task of home- 
building is on their shoulders? 

At home in the morning these lonely women see to it that their 
children get ready for school those underfed and scantily dressed 
children whose breakfast is a piece of dry bread, mealie-pap without 
any milk, and for many just cold mush and beans. Their desire to see 
their children educated is so great that the women themselves go out 
with the stock in order to keep their children at school to give them 
the education that will free them from poverty, the education that has 
given the other races so much knowledge and power. 

At the close of day they light their fires to prepare the evening meal. 
The fortunate ones milk and shut in the stock, but for most there is 
no stock to shut in, and their children do not know the milk from the 
family cow. For some there is a letter of good news from the father 
and husband far away in the work center the long-awaited letter with 
money has come part of the debt at the trader's will be paid off. 
There will be bread, sugar, tea and a few extras to eat for at least a 



22 ARTICLES 

few weeks. For others it is bad news. The loved one far away is ill, 
has met with an accident, has been thrown into jail because he failed 
to produce his papers when demanded by some government official. 
Not that he did not have them, but just that by mistake he forgot 
them in the pocket of his other jacket. A black man in South Africa 
cannot forget! It is a sad day for this one. Her children look up 
anxiously in her face. They fear to ask her any questions, and she does 
not know how much to tell them. "Tata sends his greetings," she 
manages to say at last, "but says we will have to be patient about the 
money we asked for; he has had some trouble and has used up all the 
money." The rest of the evening is spent in silence. And when they 
kneel down to pray, this lonely woman sends to heaven a prayer 
without an "Amen." Small wonder most of them are old women at 
the age of thirty, emaciated, tired and worn-out. 

Sometimes, in despair, they get caught up in the snares of unscrupu- 
lous men of means the only people in the whole community who can 
relieve them of their burdens. These men alone are well-fed, full of 
energy to satisfy their sexual desires; these men alone have the money 
to satisfy the material needs of these women, clothe them and feed 
them and their children. Prostitution! Call it what you may. But if 
they be prostitutes it is not of their own choosing. It is the system that 
has kept them on starvation wages so that they and their children can 
perish slowly but surely; a system that has made them barren and 
their men impotent; a system that has demoralized and dehumanized 
a whole people making the ratio of women to men in the Reserves 
as high as eight to one and so enabling the man who has the energy 
and the means to have as many women as he chooses; a system that 
has kept the men in the towns in a perpetual state of war, in battle- 
camps where masturbation, homosexuality and rape are the order of 
the day, turning otherwise decent human beings into beasts which see 
a woman not as a human being but as a source of sexual satisfaction 
alone. 

Three things break the monotony of their lives. First is the Church 
where at least they can take a few hours off from their work, where 
they can sing and unburden themselves in prayer to a God who never 
seems to hear them; the church which promises them an abundance of 
life in the next world. 



THE WIDOWS OF THE RESERVES 23 

Second is the ceremonial feast the marriage feast where they can 
sing and dance and laugh, rejoicing with the young couple. But it is 
a joy mixed with sorrow, for they know that the joy of the young 
people can but be short-lived, that they are entering upon a life without 
a future, a journey's end. And the initiation feast and the beer party 
at one time occasions of great pomp and rejoicing are today poor 
imitations of the ceremonies of the days gone by. For now the women 
sing and dance alone, with but the aged men, the blind and the 
cripples to join in the dance and song, and all miss the rich deep bass 
chorus of the men. 

The third is the funeral yes, the funeral where they come together 
to weep and mourn over their dead, where again alone, except for the 
Mfundisi, the teacher, the cripple, the blind and the very aged, they 
accompany their husbands and fathers and brothers on their last jour- 
ney. The countryside is today so empty of men that it is these women 
who keep vigil over the dead before burial a thing once quite un- 
known in African society. 

Tired of their hard life in the Reserves and in despair, they resort 
to all sorts of ways whereby they can get to the work centers in order 
to join their husbands. But the pass system which is used to control 
the movements of the whole African population throughout the coun- 
try makes it well-nigh impossible for them to do so. Under the influx 
control regulations, all the railway stations have been instructed not 
to sell tickets to Africans proceeding to any of the major cities in the 
Union, unless such Africans produce exit and entry permits from some 
government official. If the permit is for the purpose of consulting a 
specialist in the major cities- the only places where such specialists are 
to be found a doctor's certificate to that effect has to be produced. 
But sometimes even with the doctor's certificate, the official may refuse 
to grant such right of entry, if he is convinced in his own mind that 
the woman does not need specialist treatment. If the permit is for the 
purpose of tracing a lost husband, brother, or son, or rushing to the 
sickbed of a husband in the city, all relevant information no matter 
how private and intimate has to be given, and again it is the official 
who has to decide whether the matter is urgent. 

To bypass the refusal of tickets at railway stations, these women 
fall victim to unscrupulous men who offer to carry them in their cars 



24 ARTICLES 

and lorries to the cities where they can join their husbands. Is it the 
lure of city life that makes them abandon their homes homes they 
have struggled hard to build; leave alone the lambs and calves they 
have brought up by hand; leave their children behind in the care of 
relatives and friends? Is it the talk of an easy life in town; is it the 
thought of the cheap jewels they will wear on their ears and round 
their arms that makes them pay huge sums of money to racketeers, run 
the risk of landing in jail for entering a proclaimed area without a 
permit? It is merely the will to live! 

In the towns new difficulties arise. The police hound them and, 
should they catch them without the necessary papers, fine them or lock 
them up in jail and then truck them back to the Reserves. If they 
cannot get the papers legalizing their stay in the towns by fair means, 
then they get them by foul. Would-be helpers are not wanting here 
too; men who batten on their agony. These are willing to "help" them 
by selling them the papers at a sum of 15 to 25 apiece, though, for a 
woman with good looks, it may be much less 5 to 10 if she is 
willing to add herself to the price. 

Those of them who are lucky to get jobs on arrival in the city are 
tied down to their employers under unbearable service conditions. The 
pass laws, the influx control regulations and the contract system which 
give their employers the right to cancel their permits and have them 
endorsed out of the area, give their employers also the power to bully 
and blackmail, to offer them low wages and the worst of service 
conditions. 

Even many of those who have slipped through are hounded out 
and sent back to the Reserves, leaving their husbands behind. And 
those of them who are in service are required to "sleep in," while their 
children are sent back to the country whether or not there is someone 
to look after them after they get there. 

In this way many African homes are broken up, families are split 
up. No wonder the people term the Women's Registration Office in 
Langa the "Divorce Court." And yet the Superintendent at Langa can 
say that he and his men will carry out this breaking-up of families as 
"humanely" as possible. But how can the splitting-up of families, the 
separation of wife, children and husband, be carried out "humanely"? 
How can anybody speak of acting "humanely," when the breaking-up 



THE WIDOWS OF THE RESERVES 25 

involves so many thousands of women in Cape Town alone? Would 
these men consider it "humane," no matter how sweet and gentle the 
officials in charge, if it was their own wives and children who were 
being torn away from them? It is only in South Africa and when 
dealing with the blacks that anybody can speak of carrying out such 
a breaking-up "humanely" -an action that has brought suffering and 
misery to so many people, young and old. Back to the Reserves all 
these must go; back they must be sent to join those hundreds of others 
to whom each day is like another one monotonous song of droning 
flies, sick babies, dying stock, hunger, starvation and death. 



Why I Ran Away 

BLOKE MODISANE 

South Africa 



When all the facts have been examined, the motives 
analyzed, the rationalizations equated, I still have to 
face my guilty conscience, my color and the commitment to fight the 
prejudices against it. And nagging at the back of my mind persists this 
confrontation: Were you not running away in deciding to leave South 
Africa? The fact is, I ran away. I am a coward. False heroics and 
rationalizations are unnecessary. 

South Africa is a pigmentocracy, dedicated before God and the whole 
world to the proposition that "South Africa is the white man's country : 
it shall never be ruled by Kaffirs, Hottentots and coolies." White is 
right, and to be black is to be despised, dehumanized, classed among 
the beasts, hounded and persecuted, discriminated against, segregated 
and oppressed by government and by man's greed. White is the positive 
standard, black is the negative. Symbols of wealth, prestige and author- 
ity are allocated to the whites; and inferiority, humiliation and servi- 
tude are the lot of the black man. The society is divided into groups 
of "haves" and "have-nots." The "haves" want to keep on having and 
to see to it that the "have-nots" work for them. 

Although the whites have their ideological differences, they are 
united in the broader concept of maintaining white supremacy and the 
furtherance of that state. There is a vital but small number of liberal 
South Africans who believed in a shared society with more concessions 
made to the Africans, who contend that race legislations should be 
more humane, just and Christian. They believe in the gradual integra- 
tion of "responsible" Africans into the social, economic and political 
life of South Africa. 

Under normal conditions, with a show of faith, this could be accept- 

26 



WHY I RAN AWAY 27 

able to the responsible Africans. But the responsible African is a de- 
spised figurehead, and the reality lies in the recognition and acceptance 
of the irresponsible African, who does not want his freedom on the 
never-never scheme, but wants it now. This irresponsible African is 
the one to be reckoned with while there is still time. 

He is impatient, militant and a revolutionary. He is obsessed with 
freedom that it is his historical right. He resents being told that as 
soon as power rests in his hands the minority races, the whites, will be 
oppressed. This I find fascinating. Why do these minority races believe 
that they have a moral right to oppress the Africans, when they, in 
turn, fear oppression directed toward them? Do they hold a world 
patent? The African knows what it is like to be oppressed he is pre- 
occupied with canceling it and stamping it out from the face of the 
world. Oppression is not an expression of his life. 

During moments of bitterness I have been known to blurt out that 
white South Africans need to be made to live through the humiliation 
of oppression, to be made to realize its total inhumanity. But oppression 
is something that cannot be wished on even one's enemies. This is 
what is so terrifying about being black in South Africa, this maniacal 
desire to revenge, but even more terrifying is the reality that the white 
South African, who counts, is determined to maintain the system. 
Denying the African all the civilized means, not only to change the 
system but even to protest against it in a democratic manner. 

All the avenues of moral protest have been blockaded by legislation 
like the Natives (Prohibition of Interdicts) Act of 1956, by which the 
governor general can, by proclamation, order an African to leave a 
certain area. This the African must do, and no court of law may grant 
an interdict preventing such summary endorsement or an appeal for 
a stay or suspension of the removal order : this even if it is established 
as a fact that the order was intended for someone else and was served 
in error. The provisions of the Natives Labor (Settlement of Disputes) 
Act of 1953, stipulate that it is unlawful for an African to go on strike. 
He becomes liable, on conviction, to imprisonment for three years, to 
a maximum fine of 500, or a combination of the two. The Public 
Safety Act of 1953 empowers the governor general, or under special 
conditions the minister of justice, to authorize, by proclamation, any 
police constable to arrest any person and imprison him without trial. 



28 ARTICLES 

This state of emergency may be invoked whenever the authorities hold 
that the safety of the public is endangered and the ordinary law is in- 
adequate. 

Euphemistically there is freedom of speech in South Africa, enjoyed 
in equal measure by all, even the African, so long as it is not used to 
criticize the government's racial policy. The Suppression of Com- 
munism Act makes such criticisms a treasonable offense. This Act 
enables anybody to be labeled a Communist who asserts that any form 
of government which withholds from a people the basic human rights 
is wrong and must be abolished. I believe that South Africa is a 
tyranny, that the system should be smashed if not by moral protest, 
then by force. And so I have finally done it; I have committed treason 
against the legally constituted government of the state. 

All these acts and prohibitions almost drove me to the point of being 
insensitive to oppression. I carried a pass because it was law, lived in a 
segregated location, used the "Natives Only" entrances into public 
buildings, used the "Natives and Goods" lifts, walked over to "Native 
Counters" in the post office and the bank, used the green "For Colored 
Persons Only" buses and allowed myself to be segregated and barely 
tolerated in the Indian-owned cinemas. 

I locked myself up in my room to have that illegal drink, bowed to 
the Immorality Act of 1957, which lays down that sexual acts between 
black and whites are illegal, immoral and un-Christian. I permitted 
my labor to be exploited because I had to live. I accepted the discrimi- 
nation against my skin as a physical reality I had to live with; accom- 
modated myself to the humiliation of labels like "John" or "Jim" or 
"Boy" without strongly protesting. I stood by while a sidewalk bully 
pushed his finger into my nostril, spitting insults at me. Stood there 
suffocating with anger, afraid that any moment I was going to shout 
"Go to hell!" Restraining my fingers from closing round his throat and 
squeezing. 

Then against my impulses would rise the voice of discretion : "Don't 
do it! You must not lose your temper. It's not worth it, bide your time." 
I would know the wisdom of it, and in the face of the gathered crowd 
I would apologize appropriately, plead with the white bully not to 
strike me. Some white gallants would smile acknowledgingly and the 
women would be sympathetic and advise me to go home, John. 



WHY I RAN AWAY 29 

I could not live with it any longer. I knew that I had to run, or lose 
my temper and even my sanity. I was not a dedicated platform poli- 
tician, not even a member of the African National Congress. I was 
blinded by the violence of the oppression and could not reconcile my 
feelings with the ANC policy of nonviolence in the face of violence. 
The situation became unbearable to me as an individual. I felt stifled, 
unable to express and fulfill myself as an individual man. I felt the 
relentless inevitability of the clash, the direct immediacy of blood, in 
the resolving of the South African riddle. The prospect terrified me as 
I began to see this as the realism to which Africans are being driven. 
Because I am a coward, because I love humanity more than I hate 
oppression, I could not stay to face the possibility of slitting throats. I 
hate all violence, mental and physical, and no rationalization can cease 
its stark horror: I am a moral coward who cannot take a gun and go 
to war. 

I know that the riddle of South Africa will have to be resolved in 
South Africa, perhaps without blood. But the possibility of bloodshed 
cannot be brushed aside, and I hope that through my writing I can 
yet make the world realize the danger gathering in the Union. That 
what will happen there will touch the rest of the world. For the world 
outside is responsible for the furtherance and continuance of the system. 
I indict the world. Every investment, every gold bar bought from South 
Africa helps to pay for the machinery of apartheid. 



African Freedom 

An Address by TOM MBOYA 

Kenya 



I am glad to be in New York to launch today the 
world-wide celebration of African Freedom Day. 
April 15 was decided upon as African Freedom Day at the first Con- 
ference of the Independent African States held at Accra in April 1958 
and was later endorsed by the first All-African Peoples' Conference 
also held at Accra. These conferences marked the discovery of Africa 
by Africans. This is in complete contrast to the discovery of Africa by 
Europeans in the nineteenth century. 

What is this Africa and what do we mean by the word Freedom ? 
This is what many of us are thinking and talking about today through- 
out the world. Africa is still associated in the minds of many people 
in the United States and some European countries with the nineteenth 
century. They think of the Dark Continent, the jungles, the wild 
beasts, the Africa as presented to them by Hollywood the fierce, 
ignorant or merrily- and furiously-dancing tribesmen. Little is it real- 
ized that Africa too shares in what we call the twentieth century: 
modern cities, schools, roads, airfields, houses, cars and so on. As we 
celebrate this day, therefore, we might usefully stop and ponder these 
questions. 

Africa desires to be understood and to be recognized from the view- 
point and perspective of her own people. Africa is no longer willing 
to be referred to as British, French, Belgian or Portuguese Africa. 
Africa must create and assert her own personality and speak for her- 
self. She cannot be a projection of Europe nor any longer permit her- 
self to be interpreted or spoken for by self-appointed interpreters. It 
was this conviction that moved African statesmen and political and 
trade-union leaders to hold the two conferences at Accra in 1958. 

30 



AFRICAN FREEDOM 31 

The Conference of Independent African States marked the birth of 
the African personality. The representatives of the African states at 
Accra unanimously agreed on the need for Africa to rise and be heard 
at all the councils of world affairs; and to effectuate this objective they 
created the Organization of African States, which now consults on all 
questions affecting Africa before the UN and which represents the 
united will of all Africans on such issues. Equally important was their 
decision that Africa's total liberation was the task for all Africans. 

To implement the latter decision, nongovernmental representatives 
of African people from the entire continent met at the All-African 
Peoples' Conference in Ghana in December. That conference gave 
birth to the African community. By unanimous vote all five hundred 
delegates from political parties, nationalist organizations, trade unions 
and similar groups from every part of Africa agreed to work together 
in full co-operation for the total liberation of all Africa. 

Thus both conferences were characterized by a spirit of unity based 
upon the same, predominant concepts and ideals above all, those ex- 
pressed in the common purpose: independence for all Africa. There was 
agreement that the independence of one territory is incomplete and 
meaningless unless it is accompanied by total independence for all ter- 
ritories. This, indeed, was but the practical application of the moral 
principle expressed earlier and more elegantly that "no man is an 
island," and less elegantly but in language every American recognizes 
that "we must all hang together lest we hang separately." 

The year 1958 also saw the inauguration of the United Nations 
Economic Commission for Africa at Addis Ababa in Ethiopia. This 
marked, in fact, the UN's functional recognition of Africa's legitimate 
place and role in the world's economic and social community and was 
another useful addition to the twentieth-century discovery of Africa. 
It provided a long-delayed vehicle for Pan-African economic planning 
and co-ordination. 

There are those who complain that the discovery of Africa and the 
African personality and community by Africans is taking place at too 
fast a pace. Such people should be reminded that Africa is many years 
behind the rest of the world and that in these circumstances we cannot 
afford the luxury of wasting time. They might well remember the old 
but true adage that "he who is behind must run faster than he who 



32 ARTICLES 

is in front." In the case of Africa we do not have only to run faster 
but we have, at the same time, to try to avoid the mistakes and pitfalls 
of those who "run before us," a considerable addition to our task. Lest 
any believe we are really running too fast, let me recall to them that 
colonialism has existed in Africa for over four centuries. 

Most people seem to agree that colonialism is on its way out. It is, 
therefore, doubly difficult to understand why nations which are signa- 
tories to the United Nations Charter and which have committed them- 
selves to the Declaration of Human Rights have not found it possible 
to give effective support to the African's struggle for freedom. Most of 
them have been noted for their compromising attitude and their desire 
to please the colonial powers or each other at the expense of democracy 
and human rights. How can anyone honestly believe that a compromise 
is possible where human rights, democracy and Christian ideals are 
concerned and still expect the African to have confidence and faith in 
him? 

Of 220,000,000 Africans only 70,000,000 live in independent states free 
of white minority domination [figures as of April, 1959 ED.]. The rest 
have yet to be liberated from colonialism and European domination. 
Surveying the situation of the 150,000,000 people still not free one will 
immediately see what the African talks about when he condemns 
colonialism and European settler domination. 

Africans are convinced that economic and social conditions cannot 
be considered apart from their political setting. Self-government and 
independence open great possibilities for economic and social develop- 
ment. Self-government permits people not only to embark on de- 
velopment programs serving purposefully the needs of their own 
country which they know best, but also enables them to establish rela- 
tions with other countries on the basis of equality and to co-ordinate 
progressively the economy of their country with that of others. Full 
economic and social emancipation is not possible without political 
emancipation. Above all, it is through becoming masters of their own 
fate that the energies of the people are fully released for the arduous 
task of economic and social development. 

The subjection of a people in any form, including forced labor, 
apartheid, or colonialism under the guise of assimilation, is wholly 



AFRICAN FREEDOM 33 

inimical to economic and social development. This is our answer to 
those who argue that we must wait until we have a viable economy and 
have acquired enough experience before we have the right to demand 
our freedom. 

This argument for delay, which smells of a passive betrayal of 
democracy, ignores the fact that, so far, experience has shown that it 
is only after independence that most of our countries have embarked 
on large-scale economic and educational projects and that in all cases 
it is only after independence that the world has begun to be conscious 
of our economic and social problems. In fact, the foundations for stable 
government have been laid only after independence, which makes non- 
sense of the plea of colonial governments that they are training us for 
self-government. In every case, colonial powers have left their African 
territories only when the organized pressure of our people has made it 
impossible for them to govern without serious consequences. 

In addition to crying caution and go slow, opponents of African 
freedom have raised other objections. While most of the opposition 
arises from those who fear that independence will cost them status, 
economic advantage, or other special privilege, I would like briefly to 
consider the questions that are posed to me time and again by non- 
Africans. 

For example, I have repeatedly been asked about the use of violence 
to achieve freedom. To this I can only answer that we are totally com- 
mitted to nonviolent positive action. Nevertheless, I must call attention 
to the wise words of the great English reformer, John Bright, who in 
1866 declared: 

I have never said a word in favor of force. All I have said has 
been against it but I am at liberty to warn those in authority that 
justice long delayed, or long continued injustice always provokes 
the employment of force to obtain redress. It is in the ordering of 
nature and therefore of the Supreme that this is so, and all preach- 
ing to the contrary is of no avail. If men build houses on the slopes 
of a Vesuvius, I may tell them of their folly and insecurity, but I 
am not in any way provoking, or responsible for, the eruption 
which sweeps them all away. I may say too that force, to prevent 
freedom and to deny rights, is not more moral than force to gain 
freedom and secure rights. 



34 ARTICLES 

Secondly, there are those, perhaps affected by the guilty conscience 
which the general record of western colonialism must unfortunately 
lead to, who fear that we Africans may yield to the not unsurprising 
temptation to victimize minorities particularly the formerly dominant 
whites when we gain independence. To them I can only repeat what 
we resolved at Accra in December: Africa will be developed toward a 
democracy where individual rights will be recognized and guaranteed, 
regardless of race or color. Our quarrel is only with colonialism and 
European domination. With these we shall never compromise. 

Lastly, there are some who are only too ready to try to make capital 
out of some of our teething problems. They expect perfection from us 
and lie in wait to ridicule our demand for freedom every time they 
see or fancy that they see any error or misjudgment by an African. 
I am flattered by these people because whereas they have not yet 
attained perfection themselves, they believe we are better fitted to 
achieve it before them. We have nothing to apologize for; but while 
we will always welcome constructive criticism, we do not and cannot 
allow interference with the sovereignty of our independent states. Any 
problems we meet during our early stages of independence reflect on 
the utter failure of colonialism as a training ground. We have no rea- 
son to believe that if the colonial governments had another hundred 
years the situation would be better. 

But is it really necessary for us to justify our demand for freedom 
or even to answer as to our readiness to shoulder the responsibility of 
self-government? If so, to whom are we accountable and by what and 
whose standards are we to be judged? What right has any other person 
to set himself up as our tutor and judge? 

I submit that we have a right to self-determination. It is a birthright 
which we need not either justify or explain. We know and understand 
our desires and responsibilities to our people, our countries and world 
peace. The other nations would do well to co-operate with us in our 
efforts instead of setting themselves up as our judges. 

Too often we have heard of those who insist that African freedom 
involves a risk of communism. To them, all I want to say is that if 
they spent all their efforts in practicing the democracy that they preach 
they would have nothing to fear from communism. 

Let us, therefore, join together and match the internationalism of 



AFRICAN FREEDOM 35 

communism, item by item, with the internationalism of democracy. 
Let us co-operate in the effort to eliminate disease, poverty and igno- 
rance from the face of the earth and we shall have dealt a deathblow 
to the root causes of most of the "isms" that currently bedevil the 
world. 

To those who count upon military bases, established in colonial areas 
without the consent of or even notice to the local inhabitants, for 
security against the false prophets of the world, I commend a thorough 
study of recent events. Military agreements negotiated with colonial 
powers will necessarily be, as they are today in Morocco, subject to the 
will and the needs of the African people when they gain their inde- 
pendence. I humbly submit that only Africans, whatever their color, 
background or race, may rightfully decide matters which vitally affect 
the future of Africa. We African people seek the same peace, stability, 
security and well-being that all decent people seek the world over, and 
we are unwilling to be used willy-nilly as pawns in a great power 
struggle. For this reason we adamantly oppose the use of any African 
territory, even the most desolate wastes of the Sahara, as a testing 
ground by non-Africans of their new and ever more devilish instru- 
ments of destruction. 

What specifically, therefore, is the task of Africans who seek to 
achieve that standard of well-being which is now recognized to be the 
decent and proper right of all peoples? It was clearly summarized by 
Dr. Kwame Nkrumah, prime minister of Ghana, when he called upon 
the African peoples to aim at four stages of advance: the attainment 
of freedom and independence, the consolidation of that freedom and 
independence, the creation of unity and community among the Free 
African States, and the economic and social reconstruction of Africa. 

To this great fourfold task we shall devote our full energies until a 
new, proud, free Africa is able to contribute constructively and equally 
to the great adventures before mankind. 



Accra Conference Diary 

The All-African People's Conference, Accra, 
Ghana, December 8,1958 



EZEKIEL MPHAHLELE 



South Africa 



SATURDAY MORNING, December 6. Heads of delegations 
met in the prime minister's office at Ministry of Ex- 
ternal Affairs. How awe-inspiring to see the whole of Africa contained 
in that room from Algeria, Tunisia, United Arab Republic in the 
north to the South African sub-continent, from Somaliland and Kenya 
to the Congo. Sudan and Libya were the only countries not represented. 
MONDAY 8. Let me bring you back to the conference this morning. 
The community center and the terraces flanking it are chockablock. 
It is a hot morning. There is an army of local and overseas newspaper- 
men and photographers. Heads of delegations are on the platform 
facing the large audience. While we are waiting for the Ghana 
premier's arrival I have time to look at the slogans on the walls like 
Dr. Kwame Nkrumah's "We prefer independence with danger to 
servitude in tranquility" and President Sekou Toure's "We prefer inde- 
pendence in poverty to servitude with plenty." Says a cabinet minister 
of Nigeria's western-region government which has been highly critical 
of Ghana lately: "These are the sort of words that breed so much 
trouble independence with danger!" Depends on the meaning one 
reads into the slogan, doesn't it? I say. . . . 

Ten-thirty. Prime minister arrives, accompanied by members of his 
cabinet. Youthful Mr. Tom Mboya, Kenya's strong man and chairman 
of the conference, introduces premier and gives his remarks on the 
significance of the conference. Dr. Nkrumah spots the Tunisian am- 
bassador in London next to me. What an electric smile of recognition 

36 



ACCRA CONFERENCE DIARY yj 

as the premier waves his hand. So spontaneous. As Tom Mboya later 
ushers him on to the rostrum, with his arm round the premier while 
they whisper to each other, I realize all the more that this is Africa 
an Africa with a totally different sense of convention from that of the 
West. All during the speech the feeling of self-confidence that Dr. 
Nkrumah inspires does not escape one. I look at his ministers and am 
struck by the same self-confident and bold, dignified facial features 
that characterize the Ghanaian of today. At close quarters you find it 
isn't conceit; it's something beautiful against the background of 
colonialism and all the servility it demands. 

The prime minister says we should take courage from the achieve- 
ments of Ghana in the fight for freedom. He hopes that colonialism 
will yet be overcome by nonviolent means. He is a metallic voice mov- 
ing on with restrained impetuosity as he warns the imperial powers 
to pack up voluntarily rather than be forced out. 

Afternoon. Committees mobilize themselves to prepare for the fol- 
lowing afternoon's work. There are five committees: 1) Colonialism 
and imperialism in Africa; 2) Racialism and discriminatory laws and 
practices: land, franchise, Declaration of Human Rights of the United 
Nations in relation to this; 3) Tribalism and religious separatism; 
traditional institutions under colonial rule and a free democratic 
society; 4) Adjustment of existing boundaries, amalgamation or fed- 
eration or confederation of state groupings into an ultimate Pan- African 
Commonwealth of free independent states of Africa; 5) Setting up of 
permanent organization to pursue resolutions of conference, etc. The 
Steering Committee has made me convener of Comitteee two. 

The Tanganyika delegates told us Alfred Hutchinson had been re- 
leased and was waiting to be picked up by plane: We're wondering if 
Hutch will make it. 

TUESDAY 9. Tom Mboya gives his address. "We are determined to 
free Africa, whether the colonial powers like it or not. What we are 
fighting for is nothing revolutionary; it was endorsed by the colonial 
powers as part of the United Nations Charter of Human Rights. Al- 
though we believe in nonviolence, we should not be provoked too far." 
He says time has come when colonial powers must scram out of Africa, 
seventy-two years after they sat in Berlin to plan their scramble for 
Africa. 



38 ARTICLES 

Heads of delegations begin their addresses. There are about fifty 
delegations. Dr. Fouad Galal (U.A.R.) comes forward. We have be- 
come friends since the first meeting of heads of delegations, when he 
successfully urged deleting from the provisional agenda the item bind- 
ing the conference to formulate strategy for the overthrow of colonial- 
ism on the basis of Gandhian passive resistance. It was agreed that it 
was not the responsibility of the conference to impose any method of 
struggle on any liberatory organization. Dr. Galal is a stocky Egyptian 
with a slow but vigorous manner about him. He has a study-group type 
of analytical mind. Already there is gossip outside conference that 
Cairo and Moscow want to take over the conference. I can't see it that 
way. 

Dr. Fanoh Omar of Algeria is certainly the high light of the session. 
He does not mince words. What FLN man can afford the luxury 
anyway ? Algerians have no other recourse but fight back, he says, and 
the FLN means to go through with it. In staccato French he carries 
his audience to the horrible scene of French atrocities on Algerians. 
The results of the French referendum, he says, were faked in part, and 
at best did not reflect the true majority opinion of Algeria. He gets the 
loudest and longest ovation of all the speakers. 

I make my speech for the African National Congress. As I tell the 
story of the women's travails and struggles several people wipe tears 
from their eyes and many more are visibly outraged. Guinea and 
Algeria present a clear and definite case. Of course, the trusteeship 
territories of the Cameroons and Togoland too. It soon becomes evi- 
dent that the delegations from the French colonies are represented by 
"minority" parties who lost the referendum to the yes-men. They are 
thoroughly bitter, but they disappoint me as political debaters. They 
beat the air about them, telling the audience that France should be 
"asked" to do this and that. In all this anti-colonialism talk I find it 
difficult to see what they suggest a Pan-African movement should do 
for their countries now committed to the French Community. 

The Liberian delegation drags the tone down when its leader says 
it is evident that the conference wants to pull independent states like 
his into violence and thus interfere with the sovereignty of such states. 
The delegation of the National Council of Nigeria and the Cameroons 
Dr. Azikiwe's party walks out in disgust and protest. 



ACCRA CONFERENCE DIARY 39 

Alfred Hutchinson stalks up the aisle, six feet of him, just like one 
of those outlaws on the screen who come to tame and civilize a noisy, 
lawless town of the Wild West. I rush from the platform to embrace 
him, beside myself with excitement. Mboya introduces him to the 
conference amidst loud applause. I miss the rest of the speeches because 
I'm absorbed in Hutch's tale of escape. 

WEDNESDAY 10. The morning has a haze reminiscent of late autumn 
in South Africa. Speakers include those from Zanzibar, French Ca- 
meroons, Tunisia, United Party Opposition in Ghana, and the Rev. 
Michael Scott (51), who looks positively older than I last saw him dur- 
ing the "Tobruk" days at Orlando. But I think also he looks much 
steadier and more sure of himself, much less lonely. He is greatly 
honored with a loud applause. Yes, who doesn't know this man Scott? 
Dr. G. Kiano of Kenya comes up. He is uncompromising and says 
concepts of multi-racial society, apartheid, Bantustani are traps laid by 
the white man. Makes me realize all the more how difficult it is to 
tell the colonial African, who thinks of his problem in the simplest 
terms of Black versus White, about our fight in South Africa to set up 
a multi-racial community where all people shall govern on a basis of 
equality and where all people shall share the land. He cannot but think 
of South African whites as aliens who must quit. During Dr. Kiano's 
speech Kenyans rise and display banners which scream out: Free Jomo 
Kenyatta now! 

Afternoon. We hear that argument is raging in Committee One on 
whether violence or passive resistance should be resorted to in the fight 
against colonialism. 

Later in the afternoon I meet Mrs. Paul Robeson a most charming 
woman with a brilliant intellect. Her smile and conversational manner 
fill you with a warmth you can't forget. I tell Mrs. Robeson how we 
still remember her husband's support during the hectic days of the 
Defiance Campaign. 

THURSDAY 11. A bright morning. Mrs. William Edward Burghardt 
Du Bois, wife of the famous ninety-year-old Negro historian, reads her 
husband's message. He says in his typical forthright manner that Africa 
must seek an alignment with the East rather than with the corrupt 
West. 

Afternoon. Committees work on resolutions. A preamble has now 



40 ARTICLES 

been adopted by all committees which states inter alia that the con- 
ference supports organizations or peoples who have recourse to non- 
violent and constitutional means of attaining freedom, but supports 
no less those who, because constitutional channels are closed to them, 
feel compelled to retaliate against those who use violence on them. 
A resolution to dissolve the Central African Federation has also gone 
through. 

FRIDAY 12. In committee as in plenary sessions I have seen something 
of the meaning of French assimilation politics. French West and 
Equatorial Africa do not seem to have produced many politicians of 
the stamp of Dr. Felix Moumie, Cameroonian now in exile in Cairo. 
Those in France's parliament are assimilated gentlemen who couldn't 
resist the lure of Paris lights. Those who revolt against the French 
community are but new in the game, untrained, noisy, prone to cavil 
about procedure, with something of the stiff-necked and severe attitude 
of a fellow who has just discovered a cause to fight for. Condemnation 
of South Africa's racial policy has come from Ghana, Nigeria, Ethiopia, 
East and Central Africa. A pamphlet has been passed round giving 
an account of the ghastly conditions in which Africans live in Angola, 
and a message has sneaked out of the country to the conference. Even 
Belgian Congo has made herself heard. 

Afternoon. Heads of delegations meet to consider resolutions from 
all committees, among them: independent states to form a freedom 
army; a human rights committee of the conference to be formed to 
examine complaints of abuse of human rights in every part of Africa 
and take appropriate steps; rejection of plan to partition South-West 
Africa or to incorporate into South Africa's apartheid system any 
African land or people on its borders; refusal to recognize Portugal's 
claim that its colonies are part of metropolitan Portugal; condemnation 
of proposed nuclear tests in the Sahara and determination to resist the 
plan; to work toward a commonwealth of African states; setting up 
of a permanent secretariat to operate from Accra. There shall be a 
permanent organization called the All-African People's Conference 
to meet once every year. 

SATURDAY 13. Full delegations confirm resolutions as above. Tom 
Mboya gives closing remarks. Dr. Nkrumah is on the platform. The 



ACCRA CONFERENCE DIARY 4! 

entertainment chief asks us to sing Nfysi Sifalel'i [God Bless] Africa 
and Morena Bolo\a Sechaba [God Bless Our Country]. I explain the 
reason for our thumb-raising, pointing to the large map of Africa 
drawn on the wall, and ask the audience to respond "Mayibuye!" 
[Long live; literally: Come back] to "Afrika!" 



The Blacks 

PETER ABRAHAMS 

South Africa 



It was a hot, humid, oppressive August day in Accra, 
capital of the Gold Coast that was to become Ghana. 
The air had the stillness of death. I walked down toward the sea 
front. Perhaps there would be the hint of a breeze there. As I neared 
the sea front I was assailed by a potent stench of the sea with strong 
overtones of rotting fish. 

The houses were drab, run-down wooden structures or made of 
corrugated iron, put together any way you please. The streets were 
wide and tarred, and each street had an open drainage system into 
which young boys and old men piddled when they needed to relieve 
themselves. I have seen women empty chamber pots into these drains 
in the early morning. The fierce sun takes care of the germs, but God 
help you if smells make you sick. 

In about eight minutes of walking, some fifteen "taxis" pulled up 
beside me: "Hi, massa! Taxi, massa! Me go anywhere you go cheap!" 
They are all private taxis with no meters and driven by strapping 
young men with flashing teeth. The place is full of taxi drivers willing 
to go anywhere and do anything cheap. 

The street traders here are women. "Mammy traders," they are 
called. They trade in everything. They sell cigarettes, one at a time; 
round loaves of bread and hunks of cooked meat on which the big 
West African flies make sport. They love bargaining and haggling. 
They are a powerful economic factor in the life of the country. The 
more prosperous ones own their own trucks, some own fleets of trucks. 
These "mammy trucks" are the principal carriers of the country. They 
carry passengers as well as produce and go hurtling across the country- 
side with little regard for life or limb. Each truck has its own distinctive 

42 



THE BLACKS 43 

slogan, such as: Repent for Death is Round the Corner, or Enter With- 
out Hope, or The Last Ride or // it Must it Will. My own favorite 
and I traveled in this particular truck pleaded Not Today O Lord Not 
Today. 

1 passed many mammy traders, many mammy trucks, before I 
reached the sea front. I crossed a street, jumped over an open drain, 
and there was the sea. But there was no breeze, and no shade from 
the terrible sun. In the end I gave in to the idea of "taxi, massa, taxi" 
and looked about for one. But now there was no taxi in sight. Instead, 
I saw suddenly a long procession of many women and a few men. 
The procession swung round a corner and came into full view, twenty 
or thirty yards long. The women wore white flowing robes and white 
kerchiefs on their heads. Their faces were painted into grotesque 
masks made with thick streaks of black, red, white and yellow paints. 
The heavy thud of bare feet rose above the hum of the sea. 

Then, all at once, the drums burst forth and there was no other 
sound about me. The marching women began to jig, then dance. As 
the tail of the procession passed me the drums reached a frenzy. A 
thin, pure note from a reed rose above the drums. The whole proces- 
sion became a shivering, shaking mass. The reed note held longer than 
seemed human. And then, dramatically, there was silence. The thud- 
ding feet faded away out of sight and sound. There was silence and a 
slight racing of my heartbeat and the hum of the sea, and, of course, 
the overpowering fishy stench. 

I thought of Richard Wright, with whom I had had breakfast that 
morning. This was his first visit to any part of Africa and he seemed 
to find it bewildering. Countee Cullen, the late American Negro poet, 
had speculated: 

One three centuries removed 
From the scenes his fathers loved, 
Spicy grove, cinnamon tree, 
What is Africa to me? 

Wright was finding the answers and finding them disconcerting. He 
had been astounded by the casual attitude to sex. There was, he had 
said, too much sex, too casually given and taken; so that it worked 



44 ARTICLES 

out as no sex, with none of the emotional involvement associated with 
sex in the western mind. He shook his head with a slight disgust. The 
open drains into which young boys and old men piddled had led him 
to conclude that Africans piddled rather more than other people. The 
sight of young men dancing together, holding hands, disturbed the 
puritan in him. He expressed to me that morning what he later 
summed up in his book on the Gold Coast: "I was black and they 
were black but it did not help me." 

What Wright did not understand, what his whole background and 
training had made difficult for him to understand, was that being black 
did not of itself qualify one for acceptance in tribal Africa. But how 
could he, when there are thousands of urban-bred Africans up and 
down the vast continent who do not themselves understand this ? The 
more perceptive of the urban Africans are only now beginning to com- 
prehend, but slowly. 

Being black is a small matter in tribal Africa because the attitude 
toward color is healthy and normal. Color does not matter. Color is an 
act of God that neither confers privileges nor imposes handicaps on a 
man. A man's skin is like the day: the day is either clear or dark. 
There is nothing more to it until external agencies come in and invest 
it with special meaning and importance. 

What does matter to the tribal African, what is important, is the 
complex pattern of his position within his own group and his relations 
with the other members of the group. He is no Pan-African dreaming 
of a greater African glory when the white man is driven into the sea. 
The acute race consciousness of the American Negro, or of the black 
South African at the receiving end of apartheid, is alien to him. The 
important things in his life are anything but race and color until they 
are forced on him. And "Mother Africa" is much too vast to inspire 
big continental dreams in him. She is a land of huge mountains, dark 
jungles and vast deserts. In her rivers and in her jungles and in her 
grasslands lurk creatures that are the enemies of man: the leopard and 
the lion, the snake and crocodile. All this makes travel, by the old 
African methods, extremely difficult and makes for isolation between 
one group of people and another. The African who is in Britain is 
likely to be a deal better informed on what is happening all over the 
continent than would be his fellow African in any of the main centers 



THE BLACKS 45 

of both tribal and nontribal Africa. In terms of communications the 
man in the tribe lives in the Dark Ages. 

Richard Wright was surprised that even educated Africans, racially 
conscious literate people, had not heard of him and were skeptical of 
a grown man earning his living by writing. They could not understand 
what kind of writing brought a man enough money to support a 
family. Wright really wanted to understand the African, but "I found 
the African an oblique, a hard-to-know man." 

My sympathies were all with Wright. 



The heat and salty rancid fish smell had made me desperately thirsty. 
Across the way a mammy trader squatted beside her pile of merchan- 
dise: cooked meats, sweet potatoes a whole host of edibles and some 
bottles of opaque white liquid that could be either coconut milk or 
palm juice as well as the inevitable little pile of cigarettes priced at a 
penny apiece. I had been warned of the risks involved in eating any- 
thing sold by the street traders. But to hell with it, I was thirsty and 
not exactly a stranger to African germs. I crossed the street, felt the 
bottles and chose the one that seemed coolest and looked the least 
opaque. 

"How much?" 

"One shilling." The carved ebony face looked at me with dead eyes. 

I pulled the screwed-up newspaper stopper from the botde, wiped 
its mouth and took a swig. I could not decide whether it was coconut 
milk or palm juice. It had been heavily watered down and sweetened. 
But it was wet and thirst-quenching. I drank half the bottle, firmly 
ignoring the little foreign bodies that floated in the liquid. Then I paid 
her and drank the rest. I put down the empty and began to move 
away. 

"You African?" she asked in her harsh, cold, masculine voice. 

I stopped, turned and looked at her face. It was as deadly cold and 
impersonal as before: not a flicker of feeling in her eyes. Like an 
African mask, I thought. But unlike Wright, I did not try to penetrate 
it; I knew the futility of trying. She would show feeling if and when 
she decided, not before. 

"Yes," I said, and added, "from the south. Far, far south." 



46 ARTICLES 

She paused for so long that I began to move again. 

"You like here?" Nationalism had obviously touched her. 

I turned back to her. "No," I said. 

"Why you don't like?" 

"I don't say I don't like." 

"But you don't like?" 

I showed her my teeth, African-wise, which is neither smile nor 
grimace but a blending of the two. "You like Africa?" I asked. 

Now it was her turn to show me her teeth. There was a flicker of 
feeling in her eyes, then they went dead again. She nodded. I had 
established my claim. Only outsiders white people or the Richard 
Wrights liked or disliked Africa. 

I left the mammy trader and carried on up the smelly and hot 
street. Much and little had passed between us. Out to sea some fishing 
boats appeared on the sky line. About me were the citizens of Accra. 
Some wore the cloth of the country the men looking like pint-sized 
citizens of ancient Rome painted black and the women looking ex- 
traordinarily masculine and others wore western dress. 

My thoughts shifted to my forthcoming meeting with Kwame 
Nkrumah, Ghana's first prime minister. It was well over seven years 
since I had last seen him, in London. Then he was a poor struggling 
student; now he was the head of a state and the spokesman for the 
great Pan-African dream of freedom and independence. 

I remembered our past friendship and wondered what changes I 
would find in him. Anyway, it was now 9 a.m. and my date with him 
was for 9:30. I would soon know. 

A few minutes later I flagged a taxi and simply said, "Kwame's 
office." 

A pale-brown West Indian miss was the prime minister's secretary. 
She welcomed me as though I was a V.I.P. The prime minister had 
not come back from a conference yet. This tribal business was taking 
up a lot of his attention. She told me with indignation how members 
of the Ashanti tribe had to crawl on their bellies for some twenty 
yards into the presence of their king, the Asantehene, and how tribal- 
ism had to give way or there would be no progress. If she was any 
indication, then Nkrumah was very worried about the opposition the 
tribesmen were offering his western-style Convention People's Party. 



THE BLACKS 47 

A number of officials came in. The lady stopped assailing the tribes. 
Then there was some bustle and the prime minister arrived. In some- 
thing just over five minutes he had seen and dealt with these officials 
and I was ushered into his office. It was a big, pleasant, cool room. 

Nkrumah came round his big official desk, took my hand and led 
me to a settee near the window. The now famous smile lit up his face. 
As we exchanged greetings, felt each other out with small talk in an 
attempt to bridge the gap of years, my mind went back to our London 
days. This poised, relaxed man, with the hint of guarded reserve 
about him, was a far cry from the friend I had last seen nearly eight 
years earlier. 

For me, the most striking change of all was in his eyes. They re- 
flected an inner tranquillity which was the one thing the Nkrumah 
in Europe never had. 

Even his name had been subtly different then. He had been our 
friend Francis Nkrumah, an African student recently arrived from the 
United States, and he had not seen Africa for a decade and more. He 
had quickly become a part of our African colony in London and had 
joined our little group, the Pan- African Federation, in our protests 
against colonialism. 

He was much less relaxed than most of us. His eyes mirrored a 
burning inner conflict and tension. He seemed consumed by a restless- 
ness that led him to evolve some of the most fantastic schemes. 

The president of our federation was an East African named John- 
stone Kenyatta, the most relaxed, sophisticated and "westernized" of 
the lot of us. Kenyatta enjoyed the personal friendship of some of the 
most distinguished people in English political and intellectual society. 
He was subtle, subtle enough to attack one's principles bitterly and 
retain one's friendship. He fought the British as imperialists but was 
affectionate toward them as friends. 

It was to this balanced and extremely cultured man that Francis 
Nkrumah proposed that we form a secret society called The Circle, and 
that each of us spill a few drops of our blood into a bowl and so take 
a blood oath of secrecy and dedication to the emancipation of Africa. 

Johnstone Kenyatta laughed at the idea; he scoffed at it as childish 
juju. He conceived our struggle in modern, twentieth-century terms 
with no ritualistic blood nonsense. In the end Francis Nkrumah drifted 



40 ARTICLES 

away from us and started his own little West African group in London. 
We were too tame and slow for him. He was an angry man in a hurry. 

Then he went back to his part of Africa, and Francis Nkrumah 
became Kwame Nkrumah. He set himself at the head of the largely 
tribal populace and dabbled in blood ritual. There was some violence, 
a spell in prison, and finally Nkrumah emerged as the first African 
prime minister in a self-governing British African territory. 

Tribal myths grew up around him. He could make himself invisible 
at will. He could go without food and sleep and drink longer than 
ordinary mortals. He was, in fact, the reincarnation of some of the 
most powerful ancestral spirits. He allowed his feet to be bathed in 
blood. 

By the time I visited the Gold Coast the uneasy alliance between 
Nkrumah and the tribal chiefs had begun to crack. A week or so 
before my arrival he had threatened that, unless they co-operated with 
his government in turning the Gold Coast into an efficient twentieth- 
century state, he would make them run so hard that they would leave 
their sandals behind them. This was a calculated insult to the tribal 
concept that a chief's bare feet must never touch the earth. 

That was the beginning of the secret war. Nkrumah thought he 
would win it easily. He was wrong. 

And the chiefs have, negatively, scored their victories too. They 
have pushed him to a point where his regime is, today, intolerant 
of opposition. The tribal society brooks no opposition. Nkrumah's 
government banishes its most active opponents. As a modern socialist 
leading a western-style government, he justifies this as a temporary 
expedient. But his less sophisticated ministers frankly talk the tribal 
language of strength, frankly express the tribal impulse to destroy 
those who are out of step. 

There was an air of delicacy about our conversation and we were 
both aware of this. We touched on local politics. He let off at full blast 
against the tribalist. I told him I had heard that the Accra Club was 
still exclusively European. His eyes lit up. "You wait and see," he said. 
Then, in relation to nothing either of us had said, he leaned toward 
me and exclaimed, "This place is rich! God, man, there's so much 
riches here!" -as though the revelation had just been made to him. 

But always, throughout our talk, I sensed a new reserve, a new 



THE BLACKS 49 

caution that had not been there in the young student I had known in 
Europe. 



As we talked in Nkrumah's cool office that hot August day in Accra, 
my mind kept slipping back to our mutual friend Jomo or Johnstone 
Kenyatta, now imprisoned in his native Kenya for leading the Mau- 
Mau movement. Significantly, though we mentioned many friends, 
both Nkrumah and I avoided mentioning Kenyatta. I had decided not 
to mention him first. I had hoped Nkrumah would. He did not. 

A year earlier, I had flown up to Kenya from South Africa and 
visited Kenyatta. I felt terribly depressed as I got off the plane. Things 
had grown so much uglier in the Union. The barricades were up in 
the ugly war of color. When I had left South Africa in the dim-and- 
distant past, there were isolated islands where black and white could 
meet in neutral territory. When I went back in 1952, the islands were 
submerged under the rising tide of color hatreds, and I was glad to 
quit that dark, unhappy land which yet compelled my love. 

It was in this mood that I got off the plane. I had not seen my friend 
Jomo for years. Now there he was, just outside the airport terminal 
building, leaning on a heavy cane, bigger than I remembered him in 
Europe, paunchy, his face looking puffy. And behind him was a huge 
crowd of Africans. 

I began to move toward him when a lean-faced, lean-hipped white 
colonial-administrator type suddenly appeared beside me and said: 
"Mr. Abrahams." 

I stopped and thought, "Oh, Lord." 

Kenyatta also came forward. The two men ignored each other. Lean- 
face introduced himself and said the Colonial Office had alerted them 
that I was coming to do some writing for the London Observer and 
they had drawn up a provisional schedule for me. Had I done anything 
about accommodations? 

Before I could answer, Kenyatta said, "You are staying with me, of 
course." The old detachment was back in his eyes. They seemed to say, 
"You've got to choose, pal. Let's see how you choose." 

Lean-face said, "We've got something set up for you for tomorrow 
and-" 



50 ARTICLES 

"I live in the bush," Kenyatta added. 

It dawned on me that I had become, for the moment, the battlefield 
of that horrible animal, the racial struggle. I made up my mind, resent- 
ing both sides and yet conscious of the crowd of Africans in the back- 
ground. A question of face was involved. 

"I've promised to spend this week end with Mr. Kenyatta," I said. 

Lean-face was graceful about it. I promised to call the Secretariat first 
thing on Monday morning. He gave me a copy of the schedule that 
had been prepared for me and wondered, sotto voce, whether I knew 
what I was letting myself in for. Kenyatta assured me that I would 
be perfectly safe, that nobody was going to cut my throat. I was aware 
that they were talking to each other through me. I was aware that they 
knew I was aware, and that made me bad-tempered. 

"Then I'll say good night, Mr. Abrahams," Lean-face said pointedly. 

As soon as he was out of hearing Kenyatta began to curse. 

"It's good to see you again, Johnstone." I gripped his hand. 

"Jomo," he replied. The hint of ironic speculation was back in his 
eyes. A slightly sardonic, slightly bitter smile played on his lips. 

"Welcome to Kenya, Peter," he said. Then, abruptly: "Come meet 
the leaders of my people. They've been waiting long." 

We moved forward and the crowd gathered about us. Jomo made 
a little speech in Kikuyu, then translated it for my benefit. A little old 
man, ancient as the hills, with huge holes in his ears, then welcomed 
me on behalf of the land and its people. Again Jomo translated. 

After this we all bundled into the fleet of rattling old cars and set 
off for the Kikuyu reserve in the heart of the African bush. Kenyatta 
became silent and strangely remote during the journey. 

We stopped at the old chief's compound, where other members of the 
tribe waited to welcome me. By this time the reception committee had 
grown to a few hundred. About me, pervading the air, was the stench 
of burning flesh; a young cow was being roasted in my honor. Before 
I entered the house a drink was handed to me. Another was handed to 
the old chief and a third to Kenyatta. The old man muttered a brief 
incantation and spilled half his drink on the earth as a libation. Jomo 
and I followed suit. Then the three of us downed our drinks and 
entered the house. 

A general feasting and drinking then commenced, both inside and 



THE BLACKS 51 

outside the house. I was getting a full ceremonial tribal welcome. The 
important dignitaries of the tribe slipped into the room in twos and 
threes, spoke to me through Kenyatta for a few moments, and then 
went away, making room for others. 

"Africa doesn't seem to change," Kenyatta murmured between dig- 
nitaries. There was a terrible undercurrent of bitterness behind the 
softly murmured words. I was startled by it and looked at his face. 
For a fleeting moment he looked like a trapped, caged animal. 

He saw me looking at him and quickly composed his face into a 
slightly sardonic, humorous mask. "Don't look too closely," he said. 

And still the dignitaries filed in, had a drink, spoke their welcome 
and went out. 

The ceremonial welcome reached its high point about midnight. 
Huge chunks of the roasted cow were brought in to us, and we gnawed 
at the almost raw meat between swigs of liquor. Outside, there was 
muted drumming. Voices were growing louder and louder. 

Suddenly, in the midst of a long-winded speech by an immensely 
dignified Masai chief from a neighboring and friendly tribe, Kenyatta 
jumped up, grabbed his heavy cane and half staggered through the 
door. 

"Come, Peter," he called. 

Everybody was startled. I hesitated. He raised his cane and beckoned 
to me with it. I knew that this would be a dreadful breach of tribal 
etiquette. 

"Come, man!" he snapped. 

I got up, aware of the sudden silence that had descended on the 
huge gathering. By some strange magic everybody seemed to know 
that something had gone wrong. 

"Jomo," I said. 

"I can't stand any more," he snapped. "Come!" 

I followed him to the door. I knew the discourtesy we were inflicting 
on the tribe. I also knew that my friend was at the breaking point. We 
walked through the crowd of people, got into Kenyatta's car and drove 
off into the night. The African moon was big and yellow, bathing the 
land in a soft light that almost achieved the clarity of daylight. 

He took me to his home. It was a big, sprawling, empty place on the 



52 ARTICLES 

brow of a hill. Inside, it had nothing to make for comfort. There were 
hard wooden chairs, a few tables and only the bed in the bedroom. 
There were no books, none of the normal amenities of western civiliza- 
tion. When we arrived two women emerged from somewhere in the 
back and hovered about in the shadows. They brought in liquor, but 
I never got a clear glimpse of either of them. My friend's anguish of 
spirit was such that I did not want to ask questions. We sat on the 
veranda and drank steadily and in silence until we were both miser- 
ably, depressingly drunk. 

And then Kenyatta began to speak in a low, bitter voice of his 
frustration and of the isolated position in which he found himself. He 
had no friends. There was no one in the tribe who could give him 
the intellectual companionship that had become so important to him 
in his years in Europe. The things that were important to him conse- 
quential conversation, the drink that represented a social activity rather 
than the intention to get drunk, the concept of individualism, the 
inviolability of privacy all these were alien to the tribesmen in whose 
midst he lived. So Kenyatta, the western man, was driven in on himself 
and was forced to assert himself in tribal terms. Only thus would the 
tribesmen follow him and so give him his position of power and im- 
portance as a leader. 

To live without roots is to live in hell, and no man chooses volun- 
tarily to live in hell. The people who could answer his needs as a 
western man had erected a barrier of color against him in spite of the 
fact that the taproots of their culture had become the taproots of his 
culture too. By denying him access to those things which complete 
the life of western man, they had forced him back into the tribalism 
from which he had so painfully freed himself over the years. 

None of this was stated explicitly by either Kenyatta or myself. 
But it was there in his brooding bitter commentary on both the tribes 
and the white settlers of the land. For me, Kenyatta became that night 
a man who in his own life personified the terrible tragedy of Africa and 
the terrible secret war that rages in it. He was the victim both of 
tribalism and of westernism gone sick. His heart and mind and body 
were the battlefield of the ugly violence known as the Mau Mau revolt 
long before it broke out in that beautiful land. The tragedy is that 



THE BLACKS 53 

he was so rarely gifted, that he could have made such a magnificent 
contribution in other circumstances. 



What then is tribal man? Perhaps his most important single char- 
acteristic is that he is not an individual in the western sense. Psycho- 
logically and emotionally he is the present living personification of a 
number of forces, among the most important of which are the ances- 
tral dead. The dead have a powerful hold on the living. They control 
and regulate the lives and activities of the living from the grave. They 
hand out the rules and codes by which the living conduct their daily 
affairs. If there is a drought, if there is a famine, it is a sign that the 
ancestors are angry because someone has broken a rule of the tribe, 
a law laid down by the dead. There will be no peace, no order, no 
prosperity in the tribe until the ancestors are appeased. 

So the chief calls the whole tribe to a meeting in which the guilty 
ones will be "smelled out." The procedure begins with the drums 
a key factor in African life. Their insistent throbs call the people to the 
gathering on a placid, almost momentous key at first, but working on 
the emotions. Everyone in the village will be present; no man, woman 
or child would think of not obeying the summons. They form a circle, 
with the witch doctor or medicine man and the drummers to the 
fore. When all the people are assembled the throbbing of the drums 
increases. They beat in tune to the heartbeats of the human circle. 

The witch doctor is dressed in lion or leopard skin, sometimes in 
monkey skin. His face is painted in bold streaks of color: white, black, 
red. There are crisscrossing lines on his body too. He wanders about the 
center of the circle, almost idly at first. Every now and then he pauses 
and looks straight into someone's eyes and keeps on looking. For the 
person looked at, this is an encounter with fate. Few stare back. Their 
eyes slide past his face or go glazed. They fear but are not supposed 
to fear. They know the ancestors are just, that the innocent are never 
punished. To experience fear, therefore, is an acknowledgment of 
guilt. It is not necessary to know the nature of your guilt; if you were 
not guilty, there would be no fear in your mind. 

The tempo of the drums increases. The witch doctor begins to dance, 
slowly at first. He begins to talk in a high-pitched nasal voice; spirits 



54 ARTICLES 

always talk through their noses. The drums and the incantations go on 
and on, getting faster and wilder, dominating the hearts and minds of 
all the circle. People begin to tremble and shiver. Some drop down in a 
trance and lie moaning on the ground. Everyone is possessed by the 
frenzy of the drums. The spirits of the ancestors are abroad. 

Suddenly the drums stop. The witch doctor stands fixed for a dread- 
ful moment that seems without end. Then he pounces. He grabs his 
victim and drags him or her into the center of the circle. The victim 
does not resist, does not protest. The ancestors are always just. 

There may be one, there may be many victims. But once the victim 
or victims are "smelled out," the hypnotic spell of the drums is broken. 
People relax. Their hearts beat normally once more. Now the ancestors 
will be propitiated and the living freed of the evil which beset them. 
Now the famine or the drought or the plague or whatever had beset 
the land will depart from it. And so, while the victim or victims are 
put to death, the rest of the tribe celebrates the passing of the great evil. 

Another key characteristic of tribal man is that his society is exclusive 
and not, like western society, inclusive. The lines are drawn very clearly, 
very sharply. Anybody not an "insider" is an enemy, actually or poten- 
tially someone to distrust, someone to fear, someone to keep at bay. 
There is no choice, no volition about this. It is something ordained by 
the ancestral dead. The tribal society is therefore possibly the most 
exclusive society in the twentieth-century world. If you are not in the 
tribe, there is no way into it. If you are in it, there is no way out of it 
except death. Dissent is not recognized. To break the rules of the tribe 
is to court death. 

Even the family, the foundation of the tribal in-group, is no simple 
affair. It is often a cluster of four generations. A man's family can be 
made up of his father, his father's first, second and third wives there 
may be more and the children of these. A man inherits the wives 
and children of his brothers who die before him. The wives then 
become his wives, the children of his brother become brothers and 
sisters to his own children by his own wife. Then there are the chil- 
dren's children. These and the old people, the grandparents, make up 
the immediate family, the heart of the in-group. Then there are the 
families related to one's family by blood ties the families of uncles 
and cousins. These have the same complex structure of many wives 



THE BLACKS 55 

and brothers and sisters, many of whom are inherited. A group of 
such blood-related families makes the clan. Clans have been known to 
be big enough to fill whole villages. 

Another and most vital factor in the life of tribal man is his attitude 
to life and death. Neither life nor death is ever wholly accidental. 
Disease is never natural. These are brought about by the good and 
evil spirts all around us. The evil spirits are preoccupied with bringing 
disaster on the tribe, the good with protecting the tribe. To achieve 
their malign ends, evil spirits enter the bodies of ordinary human 
beings. To fight the evil spirits, good spirits enter the bodies of witch 
doctors. Life and death are thus out of the hands of mortal men. 

The world of tribal man is so dominated by the spirits that some 
tribes will not eat birds because of the spirits that dwell in them, some 
will not eat fish, some are vegetarians and some eat meat only. 

Tribal man is hemmed in, imprisoned by his ancestors. His horizons 
are only as wide as they permit. He is also protected by them. The 
rules are such that there are no orphans in the tribe, no misfits, no 
neurotics. And of course, the ancestral dead are hostile to change. 

This, then, is the "oblique, the hard-to-know man" whom Richard 
Wright encountered on his first visit to Africa. He is the man who 
raised Nkrumah to power. He is the man whose pressures led Jomo 
Kenyatta to the Mau Mau and then to his lonely prison-exile in a 
barren and isolated spot. He, tribal man, will have a crucial say in the 
future of Africa. 

The ancestral dead notwithstanding, change is being imposed on 
him. How he reacts to the change will have a powerful bearing on 
tomorrow's Africa. 

If the men inaugurating the new ways have the sense and the 
patience to preserve the finer qualities of the old ways and fuse these 
with the new, then we can expect something magnificently new out of 
Africa. 



Renascent Africa 

FREDERICK S. ARKHURST 

Ghana 



It is, perhaps, inevitable that Africa is today a center 
of world attention and interest. With Asia rid of 
colonialism, Africa has become the last continent over which western 
European nations still seek to perpetuate their control. Yet even in 
Africa dramatic changes are taking place which are rolling back the 
frontiers of imperialism. After tolerating European colonization and 
the arrogance of white settlers for scores of years, Africa is now reawak- 
ening and demanding those rights to which all men are heir. 

The reawakening of Africa has found expression particularly at the 
level of political and constitutional advancement. But this will only 
come to fruition with the redefinition by the African of his real place 
in his continent his role in the political, economic and social life of 
Africa. This redefinition is already taking place and it is quite clear 
today that the African knows that his destiny can only be decided by 
himself in Africa and not by foreigners in other countries. The Africa 
of today symbolizes hope; it is the continent of optimism and change. 
Indeed, not since the period which followed the signing of the Berlin 
Agreement of 1884 has the continent of Africa experienced such swift 
and dramatic changes as it has since the Second World War. The 
important problem now facing the African is to define his own politi- 
cal, economic and social objectives in these conditions of rapid change. 

The Decline of Colonial Power in Africa 

The "scramble for Africa" which followed the Berlin Agreement 
resulted in the establishment of western European domination over 
most of the continent. But while that period was characterized by the 

56 



RENASCENT AFRICA 57 

carving of the continent into a mosaic of meaningless enclaves, protec- 
torates and spheres of influence, the upsurge of African nationalism 
and independence movements after the Second World War has marked 
the beginning of a rapid process of disintegration of European power 
on the continent, and the beginning of the end of the economic 
exploitation of the resources and peoples of Africa in the interests of 
western European nations. 

The "revolution of rising expectations" which has fired the imagina- 
tion of millions of Africans is the result of three major factors whose 
cumulative effect finds expression in the rise of new states in Africa 
and agitation by the still dependent territories for their political and 
economic emancipation. These factors are themselves in the process of 
evolution and thus defy evaluation in precise and concrete terms. First 
is the whole political and intellectual climate of the twentieth century 
which had its beginnings in western Europe and which finds expression 
in the concept of self-determination and the right of all peoples to 
govern themselves. It is also exemplified by increasing concern for the 
dignity of the human personality and the right of all men to equality 
of opportunity and treatment in all spheres in which they operate 
within the society, the nation or the international community. 

This more enlightened atmosphere has made possible the full opera- 
tion of a second factor : the increasing awareness of the African peoples 
of their potential and the translation of this awareness into effective 
positive action. Naturally, the type of action adopted by Africans in 
achieving their objectives has been influenced by the availability or 
absence of constitutional machinery, in any particular territory, for the 
redress of grievances and for the initiation of orderly political and 
constitutional changes. Where such machinery has existed and where 
the colonial power has been sensitive to the demands of the changing 
times, the transition from colonial rule to full sovereignty and inde- 
pendence has been comparatively peaceful and orderly. This is what 
happened in Ghana. On the other hand, where the colonial power has 
frozen its policies within the context of the nineteenth century, it has 
had to resort to repressive colonial wars to maintain its domination of 
an unwilling people. In this respect a lot of the discussion, particularly 
in the western press, on "nonviolent action" as the sole desirable method 
of bringing about change in a colonial environment, has been irrelevant. 



58 ARTICLES 

The third important factor is the dramatic shift in the world balance 
of power following two world wars, which has resulted in the decline 
of the strength and influence of the western European powers and 
their replacement by new power structures. Western Europe no longer 
has the military and economic strength to perpetuate the imperialism 
which it has been able to maintain during two centuries by virtue of 
its military and economic predominance in the world. 

Definition of African Objectives 

It is against this background of a receding colonialism still capable 
of vicious rearguard action that the peoples of Africa especially those 
in the new independent nationshave to define the imperatives in the 
African situation and to decide upon the kind of realistic policies that 
must be adopted. The overriding objective of Africans is to ensure the 
earliest possible liquidation of colonialism and racialism from every 
corner of the continent. As Dr. Kwame Nkrumah, the prime minister 
of Ghana, said on the occasion ot the achievement of Ghana's inde- 
pendence, "The independence of Ghana will be quite meaningless 
unless it is linked with the emancipation of the whole continent." 
Africans are also anxious to impress upon the rest of the world that 
the days of the Berlin Agreement will never return. Henceforth, the 
future of Africa will be decided primarily by Africans in Africa. This 
is a very important fact which those who are disposed to be friendly 
to the new countries of Africa will have to bear in mind. They will now 
have to develop their policies toward Africa as a separate entity and 
not as a political and economic appendage of Europe. Africa will have 
to be regarded as a continent whose main interests and aspirations do 
not often coincide with those of the colonial powers. The quest for 
independence and racial equality by Africans is the expression of a 
universal desire for freedom and dignity. Once independence has been 
assured for all Africa the formidable task of promoting the economic 
and social advancement of the continent will become a more manage- 
able problem. 

For the achievement of these major objectives, certain prerequisites 
to effective action have to be clearly defined. First, the new states of 
Africa must safeguard their independence by strict adherence to the 



RENASCENT AFRICA 59 

principles of the United Nations Charter and by the development of 
strong ties of friendship, solidarity and unity among themselves. Indi- 
vidually, none of the new African states can exert significant influence 
in international affairs. Collectively, they form an important body of 
opinion which cannot lightly be ignored. The preservation of unity and 
solidarity will not come about by mere chance but must be the outcome 
of conscious effort on the part of all the states of Africa deliberately 
to make unity possible in spite of the differences which may arise in 
their day-to-day intercourse. The problem here will be complicated 
by those vested interests in Africa which will leave no stone unturned 
to disrupt good relations among Africans and to play one country 
against the other. This classic technique of imperialism will have to be 
constantly guarded against. Unity cannot be merely an inert state of 
existence; it must be a dynamic and positive force projected into all 
spheres of activity. This is the most effective way of developing an 
African outlook and an "African personality" in international affairs. 
The other prerequisite to effective action in the achievement of 
African aims is the development of an independent foreign policy 
untrammeled by any commitments and alignments to great-power con- 
troversies. The reason for such a policy is that the new states of Africa 
are too small in terms of military and economic power to presume to 
judge between the great powers on an ideological basis. This does not, 
of course, mean that they may not have their sympathies. They may, 
and most of them certainly do. But they should be allowed to make 
decisions based on the objective assessment of the merits of a particular 
issue and they cannot be expected to take predetermined positions 
which may leave them naked in the cross fire of the cold-war conflict. 
There is an African proverb which says: When the bull elephants fight, 
the grass is trampled down. It may be advisable for all small countries 
to ensure that they do not get trampled with the grass. But such a 
policy does not prevent the firm and unequivocal stand to be taken on 
particular issues when necessary. In the United Nations some of these 
new states have taken such firm stands even at the risk of compromis- 
ing their own immediate interests. This, after all, is the most that can 
be demanded of these nations, and it is under these conditions alone 
that genuine friendship among nations can properly develop. 



60 ARTICLES 



Progress Toward Unity The African Conferences 

The development of closer association among the new African states 
is now a reality. In April 1958 a conference of plenipotentiaries was 
convened in Accra at the initiative of Ghana to find ways and means 
of bringing the independent African states closer together. The Accra 
Conference also decided that the eight independent African states 
Ethiopia, Ghana, Liberia, Libya, Morocco, Sudan, Tunisia and the 
United Arab Republic should co-ordinate their policies insofar as the 
questions of colonialism and racialism are concerned. The conference 
also pledged its support to the United Nations Charter and to the 
principles enunciated at the Bandung Conference in 1955. All the 
resolutions adopted at this conference dealt with African problems in 
the wider context of international affairs. The significance of this con- 
ference lies in the fact that for the first time in the history of the 
continent Africans had come together in their own right to decide their 
future. The Accra Conference finally decided to establish at the United 
Nations Headquarters a permanent machinery composed of the perma- 
nent representatives of the participating governments to consult on all 
African matters, to examine and make recommendations on concrete 
and practical steps which may be necessary to implement the decisions 
of the conference and of similar future conferences, and to be respon- 
sible for the arrangements necessary for such conferences. In the 
autumn of the same year, missions composed of representatives of the 
eight independent African countries toured Latin America, Scandinavia 
and Canada to solicit support for measures aimed at resolving the 
repressive war in Algeria on an equitable and democratic basis. It was 
also decided at Accra that these conferences should be held regularly 
at two-year intervals without prejudice to the possibility of ad hoc 
conferences being convened as and when necessary. 

The second conference to be held in Accra was the All-African 
People's Conference in December 1958. This conference, unlike the 
previous one, was attended by members of political parties and nation- 
alist movements from all over Africa. It endorsed the resolutions of 
the previous conference and reaffirmed the determination of all Africans 
to ensure the liquidation of colonialism and racialism, in all their 



RENASCENT AFRICA 6l 

forms, from every corner of the continent. The conference also resolved 
to give practical and concrete aid to all movements in Africa struggling 
to free their countries from colonialism. In line with these resolutions 
the trade unions of Ghana and Kenya have enforced a boycott of South 
African goods by refusing to handle any cargoes emanating from the 
Union of South Africa. It is interesting to note that immediately after 
this decision by the African trade unions was implemented, the trade 
unions of Jamaica followed suit. This is an encouraging example of 
solidarity which transcends the barriers of distance. It is the hope that 
in the near future all African trade unions and other sympathetic 
movements in other parts of the world will support this unique expres- 
sion of the concern of many people regarding the racialist policies of 
the South African Government. 

In 1959 two other meetings attended by African leaders carried a 
stage further the ideas embodied in the resolutions adopted by the two 
Accra Conferences. From July 15 to 18 the leaders of Ghana, Guinea 
and Liberia Prime Minister Dr. Kwame Nkrumah, President Sekou 
Toure and President William Tubman met at Sanniquellie, a small 
village in Liberia, and decided that it was necessary to establish a com- 
munity of independent African states. They proposed that this Pan- 
African community should be inaugurated at a special conference this 
year to be attended by representatives of all the independent African 
nations and the still dependent countries "that have fixed dates on 
which they will achieve independence."* This community is not 
intended to be a United States of Africa and would not involve the 
surrender of sovereignty on the part of its members. It would, however, 
have the overriding aim of ensuring closer contact and co-operation 
among its members and would also have its own flag which would be 
regarded by its members in the same way as the flag of the United 
Nations among member-states of the United Nations. 

A conference on Algeria was also convened from August 4 to 8, 
1959, and was attended by delegations representing nine independent 
African nations/)* A delegation representing the Provisional Govern- 

* Nigeria, the Belgian Congo, the Mali Federation, the Malagasy Republic, and 
the Trust Territories of Somali land, French Togoland and French Cameroons will 
achieve or already have achieved independence this year. 

fin 1959 the former French colony of Guinea became independent and was 
admitted to the United Nations. 



62 ARTICLES 

ment of Algeria was accorded full rights as an equal participating 
delegation to the Monrovia Conference. The aim of this conference 
was to explore the possibilities of bringing an end to the conflict in 
Algeria so that the people of Algeria can realize their legitimate 
aspirations for freedom and independence. 

Apart from the concrete achievement of all these conferences, they 
also afforded opportunities to leaders and rank-and-file members of 
governments and political movements in Africa to get to know each 
other and to exchange ideas on common problems. This kind of per- 
son-to-person intercourse is extremely important and I hope that it 
will continue to develop not only among African leaders but also 
among all Africans. 

Democracy in Africa New Approaches? 

Another important preoccupation of the new states of Africa will be 
the development of a philosophical framework within which political 
and constitutional changes can take place. In short, these new nations 
will have to decide for themselves what type of Government will best 
suit their needs and be responsive to the aspirations of the majority 
of their peoples. This immediately raises the question of democracy 
in Africa. The new African governments have often been criticized, 
particularly in the western press, for certain acts which did not appear 
to the West to be in consonance with western forms and techniques 
of democracy. Most of these criticisms appear to be nai've. While it is 
true that most of the new nations in Africa have been introduced to 
modern forms of democracy and individual liberty through their asso- 
ciation with the western world, it is equally true that the concept that 
a government must properly express the people's will is not alien to 
many of these countries. Certainly, among the "Akans" of Ghana forms 
of democracy existed long before the white man set foot in Africa. 
But while western democracy has, in theory, been atomic in the sense 
that it is supposed to revolve around the individual as the center of 
the political universe, political organizations in Africa have been geared 
essentially to the needs of the community as a whole. While the West 
begins from the premise that the totality of individual freedoms accrue 
to the benefit of the whole society or nation, the African idea presup- 



RENASCENT AFRICA 63 

poses that the greatest good of the community will redound to the 
good of the individuals who compose it. One can readily see that 
mechanical superimposition of the western on the African idea will, 
in the initial stages, result in conflict conflict which no doubt can be 
resolved in time. But there need not be any fundamental difference 
in the end results of the two approaches. The main problem is whether 
effective techniques can be devised in either case to ensure that freedom 
for the individual and the achievement of the aspirations of the com- 
munity are both realized. That is why it is so unrealistic to assume 
that the type of democracy which emerges in these new nations of 
Africa will be in the exact image of democracy as it is practiced in 
Great Britain or the United States. The new nations will have to 
develop their own institutions based on their experience, their tradi- 
tions and their historical background. The development of democracy 
in any country is a slow and painful process. It took England several 
centuries of effort and suffering to evolve those democratic institutions 
which are today the greatest heritage of Great Britain. The new coun- 
tries of Africa, on the other hand, have hardly been allowed enough 
time to work out their problems in this area and those of their friends 
who may have misgivings about the future may be drawing conclu- 
sions from insufficient evidence. It is quite obvious that there are no 
short-cuts to democracy; there is only a painful process of evolution, 
of trial and error. 

The dynamism of change in Africa and the direction of such change 
is of great importance not only to Africans but also to all men of 
goodwill. Africans have the obligation to develop those policies which 
will command the respect of the world. Our friends in other parts of 
the world will also have to understand the real and staggering prob- 
lems which face the peoples of Africa. The time at the disposal of 
Africans to develop their institutions in the depth and magnitude to 
meet our changing times is very limited, and for decades Africans will 
need the moral and material assistance of the advanced countries. More 
important still, the great powers must appreciate that the old order in 
Africa is dead. Any attempt to delay the process of change or to 
preserve the status quo in Africa cannot but lead to very strained 
relations between themselves and all Africans. 



MISCELLANEOUS 



With the Lid Off 

(Extracts from a monthly column 
in the magazine, Drum) 

TODD MATSHIKIZA 

South Africa 



Me and a European lady did a non-European thing 
at Crown Mines. Crown Mines is outside Joburg and 
out of the way, so nobody saw us. We were safe. It was in a telephone 
booth near the Crown Mines Post Office. It was broad daylight. The 
booth is clearly marked Non-Europeans Only. We arrived at the place 
together. She went in first. 

This is how it happened. I was in a hurry to phone my boss. The 
European lady was in a hurry to phone her ma. She was pushing 
a baby in a pram. She left the baby outside the booth. 

She said, "I don't care. I've got to phone my ma. And if you don't 
like it, go and tell the postmaster." 

When she came out, I said, "Missus, you know you breaking the 
law?" 

She said, "Why?" 

I said, "This phone is written Non-Europeans Only. The police will 
catch you." 

She said, "Get away, you damned black Kaffir 1 I'm European. I can 
do what I damn well like." 

65 



66 MISCELLANEOUS 

The lady pushed the pram away. The baby made a ga...ga...ga 
sound. I hope it wasn't laughing. 
This ain't a laughing matter. 



Language at work is fascinating. Language at work in Dube Town- 
ship is highly fascinating. Language as worked by the new African 
Businessman's Consolidated is fas ... fas ... fascinating. This is a newly 
formed body to protect African business enterprise. There are more 
than one thousand Black shops around Johannesburg. They buy mainly 
on tick. So they got to be protected. 

African Businessman's Consolidated has a prospectus. Same one they 
use for their constitution. If you want a prospectus and a constitution 
at the same time, you ask for the prostitution. 

It is published entirely in Afrikaans. Explains carefully "die benefirs 
an' die dividend." Also that an African in Afrikaans is still an African. 

In view of the many holdups in the townships, the A.B.C. sells 
funeral and burial policies in the event of the death of a salesman. In 
Benoni they have offices bearing the words "See us now before you are 
too late." 

I went in for further details. I was asked, "In what language d'you 
want further details?" Then I was told: "The idea is to encourage 
Ama-Zulu to trade with Ama-Zula. Ama-Xhose with Ama-Xhosa. 
Abe-Suthu with Ba-Sutho. Africans with Africans you see, Mr. Todd, 
to remove language difficulties." 

In Dube the lady-secretary of the A.B.C. only speaks when spoken 
to in case she uses the wrong language. The chairman explained to me, 
"It is highly offending to address an African in a language he does nor 
prefer to be addressed in." 



We had it out bitterly, my pal Daya Govan Pillay and I, about 
Durban. I was telling him the management at that famous Durban 
non-European hotel separates the Africans from the Indians and 
coloreds at meal times. I told him my experience with Richard Sono 
and eight African families visiting the Banana City one time. We 



WITH THE LID OFF 67 

were cut off from the other nonwhites like you cut off sugar cane from 
its roots with a hatchet, like this, "sshp, sshp, sshp, sshp." 

The Indians and the coloreds were the privileged. They were ushered 
into the "Blue Room" at meal time. Only they could use the posh 
lounges. Us others lounged in the sun with the lizards. They could 
take their friends into the pub. We had to take ours to Fountain Lane. 
They could dance and romance in the dance hall. We had to dance and 
romance on the beach. We were the underprivileged. 

"Donno," Daya says. "But you know, the African in Durban doesn't 
mind so much like you up-country types," he says. 

"Types!" I ask him, wanting to ax him. 

"Kinds," he says. "There are different kinds of Africans, you know." 
He says, "There are town Africans and country Africans." 

I say, "And if you take the African out of the country?" 

He says, "Ya, but you can't take the country out of him." 



A young lady told me a dainty story the other day. She says that 
their new priest from overseas was young an' bold an' brave about 
the sinfulness of the souls in his parish. He was grimly anxious to 
improve his colored congregation an' their morals, an' every Sunday 
he would grasp the pulpit in both hands an' say, "You coloreds drink! 
You coloreds drink! You coloreds haven't a chance in heaven. You 
coloreds this, you coloreds that, you coloreds have fish an' chips every 
payday." 

This priest talked of his colored congregation among his white 
friends and said, "They don't know what it's all about. They, they 
they..." 

The colored congregation became cross. They went up to the priest 
an' said, "Now look, stop calling us 'you coloreds,' because we ain't 
goin' about calling you, 'you European.' This is Albertsville," said the 
congregation, "and we like you for a priest. But stop that finger-point- 
ing business, an' stop throwing bricks made of 'you coloreds' or we'll 
mangle you, we'll hangle you, we'll make your life a bangle." 

After this demi-semi-death, says my informant, the priest's sermons 
always began, "My beloved brethren." 



An African's Adventures in America 



BABS FAFUNWA 



Nigeria 



Since my arrival in this country to study, I have met 
over fifty African students during my vacations. In 
exchanging views with them I found that most of our impressions after 
arriving on the American soil are almost identical. Everything about 
him is new, the student finds out. He is mobbed by a group of inquir- 
ing reporters who ask : What is your name ? Where do you come from ? 
What is your impression about America? How many wives has your 
father? Are you married? Is it true that you buy women in Africa? 
Are you a prince ? Is your father a king or a gold miner ? The shooting 
of flash bulbs adds to the confusion. This barrage is an indication of 
what the student is to experience as he moves from one part of the 
United States to another. 

One of my most exciting experiences happened when I arrived in 
New York City. On that day it had one of its greatest snowfalls, and 
what's more I had never seen snow in my life. That day, my heavy 
overcoat was no solution to my dilemma. As I stepped out of the 
airplane I was baptized with the unusually biting cold. I was shaken 
to the bones and all my limbs were trembling. The woman in me 
subdued the man and my eyes were shedding tears like an Arabian 
gum tree. That night I slept in my overcoat, suit and all. The tem- 
perature was 19 F. and the lowest temperature I have ever seen in 
Nigeria is 60. 

Till I landed in New York I had never met an American Negro. 
My impression was that since the Negro has been living there for 
the past three hundred years or more he ought to have intermarried 
with the whites so that his color should be at least lighter than my 
own. (By the way, I am ebony black and I'd like to be twice as 

68 



AN AFRICAN'S ADVENTURES IN AMERICA 69 

dark.) But when I landed I saw a Negro darker than myself. I thought 
he was an African who came a little earlier than I did. I rushed to 
him with all the happiness and the joy of finding a kinsman in this 
great metropolis. I said, "Hello, dear, when did you come?" He looked 
at me with cold surprise. I later found that he must have been here 
three hundred years for his speech is as entirely strange to me as mine 
to him. 

The student who hails from the British sphere of influence in 
Africa finds on getting here that America's ideas of democracy are 
in conflict, in a way, to those of Britain's. The average Englishman 
admits that a Lord Jim is his "better." He does not resent his betters 
nor put himself on an equal basis with them nor does he wish to do so. 
The American, on the other hand, rejects all ideas of class. Everybody 
is "Hey" or "Say, Mister." 

The student finds that democracy works fairly well in the North and 
otherwise in the South. He finds in the North that competition is 
tough, but in the South segregation and discrimination stare him in 
the face. I remember one day when the African students at Bethune- 
Cookman College in Florida were on their way back to school after 
giving an African program at a church. We stopped at a filling station 
for some refreshments. A policeman entered and said, "Where are you 
'niggers' from?" 

We quickly responded that we were not niggers but African stu- 
dents. "I say you are niggers," he shouted. 

"No, 'officer of peace,' we are not." 

"I say you are niggers," he affirmed and to make it more positive 
he rested his hand on his gun. Like cowards we had to admit that we 
were niggers at least by keeping silent! 

We have been turned out of restaurants in the South several times 
despite our appeal to the people in charge that we are strangers and 
that such action is un-American since it is bad public relations for 
America, the arena of democracy. It is very encouraging, however, 
to find that once in a while we meet people in the South who give 
us very good breaks, help and assistance. Once a white fellow gave 
me a ride, and as I entered I sat at the back, for you are not supposed 
to sit with a white. He said, "Come to the frontI am no chauffeur." 
I was amused indeed. 



70 MISCELLANEOUS 

The denial of the ballot box to Negroes in some parts of the South 
makes the average African student become a little disillusioned about 
American democracy. He believed before coming to America that this 
country is an arsenal of democracy, but to his dismay he finds that 
America is just learning like Africa to be democratic. Who knows, the 
whole world might soon copy Africa as regards true democracy. 

The student finds that the United States, unlike Africa, is a "woman's 
paradise." He becomes oriented to what is called "a woman's privilege." 
He discovers that fifty per cent or more of all the property in the 
United States is owned by women. In America when a man dies, he 
leaves all his wealth to his widow, for the son is expected to make his 
own way in the world. In case the property is divided among the 
children, the daughters have shares equal to if not more than the 
sons'. The student also finds that the parents are more inclined to 
educate the girl than the boy. All of these are just the opposite of the 
African custom. 

This is not all. He finds that there are more divorce cases in America, 
where people marry but one. In Africa men have the privilege of 
marrying two or more wives, all depending on the husband's economic 
backstay. He finds also that American women are more jealous than 
their African counterparts when it comes to love affairs. 

Once a friend said, "Babs, I learn that you buy wives in Africa." 
I replied: "Yes we do and that is why they are dearer to us than yours 
to you." But the truth is that the dowry a husband pays is a gift given 
to the parents as equipment fee for the bride. This amount is used to 
buy all the necessities a bride needs before her marriage. This particular 
aspect of our social life has been wilfully misrepresented and we hope 
our American friends will understand. We love our women as passion- 
ately as the Americans and we are not in the habit of ill-treating them 
or regarding them as chattels. 

The first thing an African student is told is that he should get 
Americanized, socialize with the girls, forego the English wide trou- 
sers for the American narrow pants, his little coat for the long heavy 
coat. He finds that table manners in America vary considerably from 
what he had been used to at home. He used fork, knife, spoon, etc., 
while the Americans use the fork for everything on the table except 
soup. 



AN AFRICANS ADVENTURES IN AMERICA 71 

He therefore has to unlearn what he had learned previously and 
get adjusted to the American way of life. But the pity is that he has 
to unlearn what he is learning now in order to fit into his own pattern 
on his return home: British way to American way back to British way 
again, while at the same time he has to take care of his culture the 
African way. 



COUNSEL'S OPINION 

(from a monthly column in Drum) 

South Africa 



Question: 

Our town is a very small, little dorp with too many legal 
problems, upsets, difficulties. I would like you to suggest and 
guide me against the following problem: how to sue a seducer 
who doesn't want to pay the damages for pregnancy or lobola 
or his monthly maintenance for the mother and the child. 

Answer: 

If any person wishes to sue a seducer, he must go to the Native 
Commissioner's Court to do so. According to the Native law, the 
guardian of the girl concerned is the only person who can sue 
for damages for seduction under Native law and custom, as he 
is the person who suffers because the lobola he will receive for 
the girl will be reduced as a result of her seduction and preg- 
nancy. Alternatively, the girl herself can sue for maintenance for 
the child under Common Law and for damages. 



Girl About Town 

(from a monthly column in Drum) 
MARION MOREL 

South Africa 

Luminous Boys 

How does your boy friend dress when he comes to 

take you out? Does he wear luminous socks in colors 

that scream, a leather lumber jacket and a luminous tie with a nude girl 

painted on it who wiggles her behind with every breath he takes? If 

so, cure him or get rid of him. 

I once had a guy who used to dress like that. He was crazy about 
luminous things in violent colors. It was a blessing in a way because 
you could see what he was up to in the dark. But that was the only 
advantage. It is infuriating after you have spent an hour or more 
preparing yourself in your best clothes to be called for by someone who 
dresses so casually and without taste, and then have to appear in public 
with him. 

My boy friend, who dresses conservatively and well, thrilled me the 
other day by appearing in a new dark pinstripe balance-line suit, which 
is the latest style. I told him how much I liked it and admired the fit. 
I think girls can play a big part in helping men to dress well and 
tastefully by encouraging them and advising on correct color schemes 
something women generally have more knowledge of than men. 

Toothless Idiots 

Meet the toothless little idiots. They are girls, and their ages usually 
range between 16 and 21. They are the ones you see walking around 
with no front teeth. It has suddenly become fashionable in Johannes- 

73 



74 MISCELLANEOUS 

burg to be without the four front upper teeth between the eycteeth. 

Kids are actually asking dentists to extract their perfectly good teeth 
to be in the fashion. 

Can you believe it? 

Petty Apartheid 

I hear a sad little story: Mother of a friend of mine has caused her 
engagement to be broken off because the boy friend is a shade darker 
in complexion than the daughter. They are both colored, but Mother 
wants her future son-in-law to be lighter skinned, or at least the exact 
same color as her daughter. 

What a miserable old woman Ma must be. Don't we have to put 
up with enough already without making ourselves more unhappy by 
these petty apartheid divisions among ourselves ? 



What Nkrumah Said to the U. S. Senate 

(The speech delivered by Prime Minister Kwame Nkrumah 
of Ghana before the United States Senate in August 1958) 



Mr. President: 
Honorable Senators: 

I wish to express my appreciation for your invitation to come here 
today. It is indeed a great honor to stand before a Senate whose 
deliberations have guided, and will continue to guide, the destinies of 
the American nation; and whose decisions affect people in every corner 
of the world. 

I speak to you on behalf of the government and people of Ghana 
one of the youngest of nations, but one dedicated to those same ideals 
of liberty and justice which have always guided your own great coun- 
try. I trust that my visit, at the kind invitation of your great President, 
will strengthen the ties of friendship which already exist between your 
country and mine. 

I have some appreciation of the weight of responsibility and the 
burden of work which presses on the distinguished members of this 
great Senate, and I, therefore, have no intention of talking to you at 
length. I simply wish to emphasize six basic points. 

1) Like you, we believe profoundly in the right of all peoples to 
determine their own destinies. We are therefore opposed to all forms 
of colonialism old or new and we want to see all nations and their 
peoples genuinely independent and seeking a higher standard of life. 
In this respect we have a special concern for those of our fellow 
Africans whose countries are not yet independent. 

2) Like you, we seek a world of peace where men and women may 
bring up their children in tranquillity and security. Our foreign policy 
is one of nonalignment, but let no one misinterpret our position in 
matters affecting the independence of our own nation or the independ- 
ence of others. I know that you will always find us aligned with the 
forces fighting for freedom and peace. 

75 



76 MISCELLANEOUS 

3) We give our full support to the United Nations and its charter. 

4) We pray that your deliberations may succeed in achieving some 
relaxation in world tension and thus ease the vast burden of expendi- 
ture on armaments which weighs so heavily on this country and others. 
If that can be achieved, we hope that part of the resources thus saved 
could be used to banish poverty, disease and illiteracy from the less 
fortunate parts of the world. 

5) I pay tribute to you and your people for the wonderful gener- 
osity which you have displayed in assisting nations devastated by war, 
and the many other countries which have needed economic help. I am 
sure that this remarkable record will be enshrined in the history of 
the world for all time. 

6) I do not come to the United States asking for direct financial aid. 
We need American investment both Government and private but 
only for projects which can stand on their own feet and ultimately 
repay the original capital with reasonable interest. 

I thank you, Mr. President, and members of the Senate, for accord- 
ing me this honor. You can be assured of our enduring friendship 
and good will, and I am certain that the friendship which today exists 
between the United States and Ghana will endure so long as our two 
countries exist. 



African Lonely Hearts 

{Letters from the "Lonely Hearts" pages of 
the Johannesburg magazine, Africa) 



Find Her I 

Find me a lady of sober habits. I am 25 and single. At this stage I can 
only offer to correspond with her, but later anything can happen. 

Timothy 

Respectl 

People might find it hard to believe that at 18 I have never had a boy 
friend, but it is true. Now I would like young boys of my age to write 
to me. They should be respectable and respectful, otherwise I will not 
reply to their letters. 

Dolly 
16 to 60 

Still a bachelor, I'm 23, fond of reading, writing, music, dancing, 
cycling and exchanging views. Can't say I've given marriage serious 
thought but I'm nuts about girls. I take them from 16 to 60. 

Lady's Man 

Loneliest 

Being a sewing instructress at the social welfare center, I met a man 
who promised me all the love that men can give. But when he gave 
me a baby, he said he was too young to marry and that he wanted to 
further his studies abroad. From that time I became the loneliest girl 
in the world. I lost all interest in the cinema or any kind of enjoyment. 
My child is now three and she is all that matters to me. I now want a 
man to share my life by corresponding with me. I am a Kukuyu and 
I would like a man between 25-35 years of age. Preferably he should 
be one who has lost his true love, like myself. 

Lucy 

77 



78 MISCELLANEOUS 



Blues Got Me! 



The blues got me, got me bad, sister! I'm 22, a hot number, all set 
for getting hitched pronto, and no questions. The guy's gotta be 23 
to 30, and maybe we could meet, but nothing doing all I've made the 
contact. Hey, boys? 

Florence 

Rhodesian 

At 23, I am expecting my second child although I am not married. 
I have lost faith in the father of my children because he is so incon- 
siderate and selfish. I wonder if there is a chance of finding a suitable 
partner (preferably from the Rhodesias) to take me under his wing. 
The gentleman must be in the age group of 26-30. 

Patricia 

Cinematic 

Johannesburg is a big city, but somehow I am terribly lonely. I am 
not a Prince Charming, but then again I am no Frankenstein either. 
My interests are quite simple letter writing and going to the cinema. 
I am 22 years old and would like some teenage girls to write to me. 
They may smoke as much as they want but they should not drink. 
Snaps will be appreciated. 

Abram 

Inspirer 

Being a student at the age of 25, I need a girl with some interest in 
me. She must help me and encourage me to be a prominent man in 
the future. I want to be a doctor and I need an inspirer. This lady 
should be about 18 to 20 years of age. She must be interested in house- 
keeping or can take on any other profession if she wants to work. She 
must remain with my relatives during the school terms. When the 
schools close, we can have all the happiness that is in the world. When 
I am away, she must not flirt with other men. I do not drink, gamble 
nor dance. I expect my spouse to have the same qualities. 

Isaac 



AFRICAN LONELY HEARTS 79 

African Wanted 

I am very unhappy because of loneliness. I am an Indian and have 
grown up amongst Africans. I am now so used to Africans that now 
I am more at home with Africans than my own people. I would like 
a beautiful young African lady between the ages 20-22 to correspond 
with me. After a while we can arrange to meet. I am capable of 
supporting her as I have my own business. She must have a sense of 
humor. I am definitely sure that a good home and secure future awaits 
the right girl. 

Rod 

Indian Wanted 

I am very lonely and I would like to meet a young man with tastes 
similar to mine. I am 23 years of age. I am very fond of music, dance 
and bioscopes. I would preferably like to correspond with an Indian. 
I have lost faith in African men. The Indian should be 23-26 years old. 
I hope I will find Mr, Right. 

Harriet 

Broadminded 

I believe in broadmindedness. I am an Indian, but I do not find 
enough broadmindedness amongst my people. Now, I've noticed how 
respectful and dignified are those African women who have not been 
spoiled by city life. So I want to marry an African woman who resides 
somewhere in a rural area. With me she would not have to live with 
in-laws, and I have sufficient money to make her happy. She must be 
about 23 years old. 

Yosuf 



The Origin of Death 
(A Hottentot folk tale) 



The Moon, it is said, once sent an insect to men, say- 
ing, "Go to men and tell them, 'As I die, and dying 
live; so you shall also die, and dying live.' " 

The insect started with the message, but, while on his way, was 
overtaken by the hare, who asked, "On what errand are you bound?" 

The insect answered, "I am sent by the Moon to men, to tell them 
that as she dies and dying lives, so shall they also die and dying live." 

The hare said, "As you are an awkward runner, let me go." With 
these words he ran off, and when he reached men, he said, "I am sent 
by the Moon to tell you, 'As I die and dying perish, in the same manner 
you also shall die and come wholly to an end.' " 

The hare then returned to the Moon and told her what he had said 
to men. The Moon reproached him angrily, saying, "Do you dare tell 
the people a thing which I have not said?" 

With these words the Moon took up a piece of wood and struck the 
hare on the nose. Since that day the hare's nose has been slit, but men 
believe what Hare had told them. 



80 



The Greater Trickster 
(An Efik folk tale) 



A husband once told his wife that he was a more 
clever person in high tricks than his father-in-law. 

The wife laughed loudly and replied that her husband was not 
serious. "My father," she said, "had an idea of high tricks long before 
your mother was born, so you cannot be more clever than he." 

The young man argued no longer with his wife. He rather chose 
to test his father-in-law in order to prove his mettle in high tricks. 

One day he sent an empty pot through his wife to the father-in-law, 
asking him to fill it with the sweetest wine imaginable. The wine, he 
warned, must neither be native palm wine nor the imported wine. He 
advised that as soon as the pot was filled, the father-in-law should please 
inform him. 

This young man, of course, thought that it would take his father-in- 
law a long time to find a solution to this problem of a new wine. 

To his great surprise, the young man's father-in-law lost no time, 
but sent a messenger to let his son-in-law know that the wine in ques- 
tion was ready. 

The text of the message sent was: "Your wine is ready. You must 
send someone who is neither a man nor a woman to carry it to you." 

On receipt of this astonishing message from his father-in-law, the 
young man perceived that it would not become possible for him to 
have the wine, as there was no such person in the world. 

So, his father-in-law, without doubt, was a more clever person in 
high tricks than he. 

Young men think that old men are fools, but old men l(now that 
young men are fools. 



81 



The Butcher's Share 
(An Efik folk tale) 



Seven frogs were once hungry. They went in search 
of food in the forest. At length they saw the carcass of 
an antelope and were very happy indeed. 

But it was unfortunate that they had nothing with which they could 
butcher their lucky find. 

Not long after, a leopard arrived and assured the frogs that with his 
fierce claws, their problem of cutting the meat would be solved. 

The wild leopard cut and collected all the best pieces of the meat for 
himself and called these the "butcher's share," thus leaving the bones 
to be shared among the seven frogs. 

What could the hungry frogs do? They were at the mercy of this 
most rapacious and ferocious animal. 

The seven frogs only looked at one another, said nothing, and did 
nothing. 

Having completed his work, the leopard went to look for some 
leaves with which he might parcel up his meat to take it home. 

During his absence, six frogs out of the seven, pretended to die in 
pairs, leaving the seventh one to wait and direct the leopard to pair up 
and die with him too. 

On the leopard's arrival the living frog said, "Ah, come along, I am 
waiting for you." The leopard angrily asked, "What for?" 

The frog retorted, "The others have died in pairs, and so I must 
pair up and die according to custom." 

On hearing this and being confounded with the awful sight of the 
three pairs of dead frogs foaming at the mouth, the leopard threw away 
his leaves and ran away. 

The six frogs were now told by the living one to wake up and 
together they enjoyed the "butcher's share." 

To this day, the frogs are still laughing at the leopard. 

Who laughs last, laughs best. 
82 



Tribal Proverbs 



A dog has never called a man and then beaten him. 

from the Kroo 



"My witness is in Europe," says the Ewe liar. 

Until you have crossed the river, don't insult the alligator's mouth. 

The worst of some days is the best of others. 

An animal with a long tail should never try to jump over a bonfire. 

from the Ewe 



Any man who attempts to swallow a large stone certainly has 
confidence in the size of his throat. 

from the Baronga 



ESSAYS 



Africa and the Cinema 

J. KOYINDE VAUGHAN 

Nigeria 



Africa, known through the centuries as the Dark 
Continent, is in spite of the numerous journeys of film 
units south of the Sahara still a phenomenon rarely understood by 
people in Europe and America. The commercial cinema feeding on 
and exploiting popular misconceptions has created an Africa as far 
removed from reality as the tales of nineteenth-century travelers. Unable 
to understand the languages and customs of its tribes, film technicians 
refuse to see Africans as a people sharing basic experiences common to 
all peoples. They prefer to use Africa as an exotic backcloth, a reservoir 
of wild animals and painted "natives," in which the inhabitants play a 
negligible role. 

It is important we understand the ideas reflected in the feature films 
of the major film companies. Stories of nineteenth-century writers like 
H. Rider Haggard have clothed Africa with a mantle of mystery. These 
tales are of savage African tribes behind inaccessible forests and of 
strange rituals a thousand years old, and these ideas still linger in 
contemporary novels by John Buchan, Somerset Maugham, Graham 
Greene and others. 

"There are unscalable mountains filled with dj inn-guarded treasure 
and steep forests that harbor man-sized, scorpion-swallowing baboons 
in troops of a thousand that uproot cornfields and lynch leopards. The 
human bipeds are even odder and often more to be feared. One shud- 
ders at the thought of the phallus-collecting Danakil, at the mutilations, 

85 



86 ESSAYS 

castrations, infibulations and massacres. There are banquets of raw 
meat washed down with mead from horns and calabashes where the 
guests sink their teeth into the scarlet joint, then cut round with a 
knife. Monophysite monks dance endless cakewalks until begged to 
stop." Thus runs a review published in 1956 in the London Sunday 
Times of a then current book on Africa. 

Right from the beginning the cinema was quick to realize the com- 
mercial potential of these fanciful ideas. H. Rider Haggard's She, a 
story of a curious African tribe with a white queen who remained 
ageless through the milleniums, proved so irresistible to Hollywood 
producers that two films were made of the same story. King Solomon's 
Mines, another romance of Haggard, received the same dual treatment. 
Here the theme was of untold wealth, amassed by a strange African 
tribe, and protected by a combination of witchcraft and savagery against 
four intrepid British adventurers. Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer introduced 
yet another white queen into Trader Horn, equipping her with a cave 
furnished with human skulls and a retinue of painted natives, brandish- 
ing spears. 

The commercial cinema also concerned itself with the beasts of the 
African jungle, who in many instances were treated with greater 
respect than the "natives." Tarzan of the Apes made in 1918 was the 
forerunner of an endless succession of Tarzan escapades, which have 
continued to the present day; and the early Martin Johnson animal 
epics (Congorilla, etc.) find a parallel in some of Walt Disney's African 
productions, such as African Lion. 

Whether it was animals or natives, the formula used by scenario 
writers remained the same. Certain conventional ideas were super- 
imposed upon real African scenery by a curious form of deductive 
reasoning. It mattered little whether the concepts fitted the reality. 
For an MGM African epic, animals were flown from New York City 
into east Africa to liven the action, and an assortment of gaudily 
dressed tribes provided the decor for a melodrama between two 
popular American stars. In these grandiose epics, the African people 
play either scenery props (picturesque crowds with spears) or curiously 
unintelligent menials. 

Besides the preoccupation with this false exotic, there has been the 
other attitude to Africa an attitude that has greater currency in 



AFRICA AND THE CINEMA 87 

Britain that Africans should be patronized, uplifted and governed. 
The white heroes are invariably condescending. Henry Scobie, the hero 
of Graham Greene's novel on life in Sierra Leone, The Heart of the 
Mattery is known as Scobie the Just. 

"Sandy the Strong, 

Sandy the Wise, 

Righter of wrongs 

Hater of lies" . . . sings the African chief, played by Paul Robeson, 
in praise of Sanders, the British district commissioner in Sanders of 
the River. 

In all these films, there appeared the ultimate raison d'etre for the 
continued presence of the British in Africa: The African was either 
simple and ignorant, and therefore in need of attention, or else ma- 
lignant, requiring the force of law from above. Since Britain's role in 
Africa has been mainly imperialistic, the hero in her films on Africa 
differed from the individualistic law-defying hunter or lover of her 
American film rivals. British films extolled the virtues of her colonizers, 
police officers, district commissioners, civil servants and settlers. 

Sanders of the River (1935) starred Paul Robeson in the role of 
Bosambo, a servile African king who saves a British commissioner's 
life and secures for his tribe the continuance of British rule. Here the 
theme of Britain's "imperial burden" in Africa dominates and illus- 
trates how closely official ideas found reflection in the British cinema 
industry. It is significant that Sanders of the River was Robeson's first 
major appearance in British films. A man of his considerable talents 
was promptly put to the task of convincing the world that Africa 
needed the British. If "we could only give every subject race a native 
king with Robeson's superb physique, dominant personality, infectious 
smile and noble voice, problems of native self-government might be 
largely solved," ironically was the comment of the London Daily 
Herald. After the film was released Robeson regretted his part and 
has never played a similar role. 

In 1943 work was begun in England on a major film designed to 
bring serious contemporary problems in Africa to the screen. The result 
was the release three years later of Men of Two Worlds. It tells the 
story of Kisenga, an African composer and pianist (in the western 
idiom, of course) who after fifteen years in Europe gives up the con- 



88 ESSAYS 

cert hall and returns to his people, the "Litu" (vaguely situated some- 
where in British East Africa). He finds them under the spell of 
Magole, the witch doctor, with a benign British district officer unable 
to convince the people that they must move to escape death from the 
dreaded tsetse fly. The film is built around the conflict between Ma- 
gole, the embodiment of dark, evil superstition, and Kisenga, the 
British-trained African. Magole is inevitably discredited, and the people 
save themselves by moving from the swamps. The film ends with 
Kisenga acknowledging his people's need for him and giving up his 
career in order to help them toward "progress." 

This film was regarded as a landmark in British film production 
and was enthusiastically received by the British press. Even the Amer- 
ican Negro magazine Ebony was moved to remark that "Men of Two 
Worlds marks the first break with past tradition, and pictures Africans 
with sympathy and respect." 

Most Africans found this film offensive. Why was Kisenga the only 
African to receive sympathy and respect, and why were his people 
treated as pathetic morons? It appeared as just another attempt to put 
forward the official view that British exports, in the shape of an 
administrative officer and the British-trained Kisenga, were the ulti- 
mate solutions of Africa's needs. 

The villagers in Men of Two Worlds were never developed as 
people and their feelings never communicated to the audience. A drama 
which could have been theirs was replaced by the conventional con- 
flict between the familiar caricature of traditional Africa and a new 
era claiming to be progressive ushered in by a colonial power. 

How different was the approach of John Steinbeck's Forgotten 
Village to the problem created by the impact of modern medicine on 
a superstitious Mexican village a film released at the same time as 
Men of Two Worlds. The desire for change springs not from some 
outside source but from a boy who is a product of his own village. 
And the people are not shadows but full-blooded characters that com- 
mand respect and sympathy. John Steinbeck in explaining the approach 
used in his film, where a family in the village was the focal point, 
stated that "we wished our audience to know this family very well, 
and incidentally to like it, as we did. Then from association with this 
little personalized group, the larger conclusion concerning the racial 



AFRICA AND THE CINEMA 8p 

group could be drawn with something like participation. Birth and 
death, joy and sorrow, are constants, experiences common to the whole 
species. If one participates first in these constants, one is able to go 
from them to the variables of customs, practices, mores, taboos and 
foreign social patterns. Such a method requires above all else, patience, 
tact and genuine liking for the people." 



Since World War II more feature films have been shot in Africa. 
MGM's Mo gam bo was a steamy romance between a white hunter and 
a girl whose appearance was apparently occasioned by a chance date 
with a maharaja who never arrived. Here, as in White Witch Doctor 
another saga of similar hue produced by Hollywood the animals 
provided spectacle and the only excitement. The British productions 
Where No Vultures Fly and Odongo dealt exclusively with animals, 
with the natives rarely seen except accompanying them around the 
white man's "animal reserve." Toward the end of Where No Vultures 
Fly the hero makes an impassioned defense of Africa when provoked 
by a European elephant poacher who is only in Africa for what he 
can steal. "The black scum will kick us out soon," the poacher de- 
clares, so he advises making the best of the present. Our hero only 
recently saved by an African villager from death by a cheetah 
expresses hope for all, both black and white. There is nothing, how- 
ever, in any of the previous scenes to suggest that this English hero 
in spite of his platitudes would regard Africans as equal partners in 
his land of hope. 

A more recent film trend concerned the Kikuyu rebellion in Kenya, 
which provoked some vicious anti-African propaganda. In Mau Mau 
distributed by United Artists one African is savagely clubbed to 
death by another and bestiality appears the sole prerogative of Africans. 
The opening shots of Simba a J. Arthur Rank production are of an 
African peacefully riding a bicycle; when he hears the cries of a 
wounded European farmer, he calmly dismounts to finish him off with 
a knife. 

The American film Safari carried these vicious ideas to their logical 
conclusion, and the result was an orgy of violence. The story tells of 
an American hunter who, leaving his young son to the care of an 



90 ESSAYS 

aunt and "trusted" African servant in his bungalow in Kenya, returns 
to find both son and aunt slain by a "Mau Mau" gang led by his 
trusted servant. The rest of the film is dedicated to the hunter's revenge. 
Individualistic and reckless (personifying the American film-makers' 
concept of the ideal hero) and with a marked contempt for British 
administrative methods, he sets about his task of finding his son's 
assailants, killing as a by-product of his search a lion, buffalo, crocodiles 
and scores of African Mau Mau. In the end he finds his man and also 
manages, between killings, to find time for a successful love affair. 
"Africa does strange things to a man" is a comment in the film and 
one which a spectator could hardly doubt. 

Perhaps it is unnatural to expect any other viewpoint on the upheaval 
in Kenya from the film industry. Its commodities are, in the main, 
either violence and bloodshed or lurid glamor. Since the majority of 
patrons of the cinema in Britain and America have not yet rejected 
these distortions, the film producers still find markets for their wares. 



For many years the colonial office has pioneered different and more 
prosaic routes than has the motion picture industry. Small film units 
working within restricted budgets have faithfully reflected the psy- 
chology of the colonial power anxious to appear enlightened and able 
to guide her subjects along prescribed paths to "progress." 

"Books are of little use to a people of whom more than ninety per 
cent are illiterate," reports the Bantu Educational Cinema Experiment 
(1935-1937), so "the moving picture offers a possible substitute." Films 
with the object of impressing the African mind have been produced 
in every British colony in Africa. 

Over the years many difficulties have beset these film units: lan- 
guage problems, customs and taboos not readily understood by Euro- 
peans. The most formidable obstacle of all, however, continues to be 
the inability of minds bred in the atmosphere of a century of colonial 
rule to understand the African societies they film. 

Apart from the documentaries which are made to illustrate "prog- 
ress" under colonial rule, feature films were designed as a source of 
instruction, or to draw a moral. Between 1935 and 1937 the Bantu 
Educational Cinema Experiment made a number of films in east 



AFRICA AND THE CINEMA 91 

Africa. They were a landmark in early colonial film production. Soil 
Erosion, Food and Healthy More Milf^ Improved Agriculture, Coffee 
Marketing and Cattle and Disease are examples of these films made 
for instruction. 

Post Office Savings (1936) was designed to draw the attention of 
Africans in Kenya to the benefits of saving money in the post-office 
bank. Two Africans work on a European's farm. One of them buries 
his savings in a hole in his hut and later finds his money stolen. 
Information readily given by neighbors in the village concerning a 
suspicious stranger seen in the vicinity starts a search by our hero. 
During the pursuit he meets his friend and co-worker who takes the 
opportunity of explaining the value of depositing money in the post 
office, a course which he has found prudent. After the tedium of the 
first reel the stranger is caught sight of and the standard chase com- 
mences. The thief climbs a tree as he is pursued by our hero, who has 
drawn a knife. A branch snaps and the villain is fatally injured in the 
fall. The purpose for which the film was made, to publicize the post 
office, was lost in the resentment created among African audiences 
by the arbitrary treatment meted out to the felon; thieves in their 
society were never dealt with so harshly. This clearly illustrated an 
inability on the producer's part to assess audience reaction to his story. 

The conflict between superstition and western ideas proved to be 
the favorite theme of colonial film producers. Such was A menu's Child. 
Amenu, a villager in the Gold Coast, has a sick child. Friends, relatives 
and finally grandmother give advice, and the old traditional remedies 
are tried without success. The mother-in-law insists on a visit to a 
powerful witch doctor many miles away, so Amenu and his wife leave 
the village with the sick child, taking a live chicken as an offering. 
Quick cutting conjures up the macabre interior of the witch doctor's 
hut with its altar surrounded by strange carvings, which appear to be 
of Yoruba origin. The child is examined by the witch doctor who, 
mumbling an incantation, raises his hands for divine assistance to will 
the child back to health. Amenu, his wife and the child then take 
leave of the doctor thanking him for his trouble and the child dies 
on the way home. The futility of superstition established, the film 
proceeds in the second reel to provide the happy solution in the shape 
of the British-run dispensary even farther away from the village than 



92 ESSAYS 

the witch doctor's hut. This naive film, with its stereotyped characters 
and all-too-simple presentation of the conflict of ideas, gives as is usual 
with colonial-office films a rosier picture of life under British rule than 
the facts will allow. 

It is interesting to recall the views of George Pearson, an English- 
man engaged in the work of the Colonial Film Unit, on how much in 
the end would be comprehended by the people for whom these films 
were intended. Mr. Pearson said that "the accepted form of the com- 
mercial entertainment film of our modern cinemas was unsuitable, and 
equally so the advanced type of documentary. Both were too compli- 
cated by technical conventions related to time and place to be anything 
other than a wild kaleidoscope of pictorial patterns allowing the 
amazed spectator in the bush time only for a confused apprehension 
of something happening but no comprehension of what it was all 
about.*' He concluded: "A slow tempo of scene narration is essential; 
there must be ample time allowed in order that the intended message 
is appreciated. As scene changes to scene there must be some moving 
object or person passing from one to the other thus holding eye and 
mind with interest sufficient to overcome the sudden mental reaction 
to a change in pictorial background. Without that original moving 
link, interest is aroused and confined by the new scene only, and 
probably lost in what has gone before." Any African might well be 
tempted to ask how much indeed was comprehended of African 
audiences by Mr. Pearson and his colleagues. 

African film audiences, daily growing larger, when faced with the 
choice of seeing the "simplified screen narrative" and the foreign 
"commercial entertainment film" have overwhelmingly decided in 
favor of the latter products, in spite of their "complicated technical 
conventions." In towns like Accra, Freetown, Kumasi, Lagos or Nai- 
robi, Charles Chaplin and many popular stars of the screen are 
household names. 



It is in the anthropological films that the people of Africa spring 
suddenly to life on the screen. Here human activity is starkly recorded, 
free of the distortions of colonial propaganda or the sensationalism 
of the motion picture industry. 



AFRICA AND THE CINEMA 93 

Jean Rouch, film specialist of the Musee de THornine, has devoted 
a great deal of attention to the Sonrai tribe a primitive people living 
on the banks of the upper reaches of the Niger river. Les fils de I'eau 
shows the struggle of the primitive tribe for survival: Lacking re- 
sources that would invite European supervision in their economy this 
tribe lives as it has done for centuries relying mainly on maize and 
hippopotamuses. 

The circumcision scenes are possibly the high light of Les fils de 
I'eau. Through the ceremony, young boys of the village are painfully 
initiated into manhood. We see the boys most of them under fourteen 
leave the village in the care of a few elders on the appointed day. 
After being circumcised they must show no pain, the expression of 
which is a sign of cowardice and therefore unmanly. Bleeding they 
sit on the ground, stoically beating the earth with small twigs. (Freud- 
ians draw a parallel in this beating of the earth with the beating of 
the mother.) 

Rouch's Les maitres Fons once more deals with the Sonrai, this time 
following the fortunes of those who emigrated south into the Gold 
Coast. The first few shots are of the new buildings and wide avenues 
of Accra. Annually a lorry is hired by this handful of Sonrai emigres 
to transport them to a plot of land a few miles from Accra where they 
perform their secret ritual. There we see a hut and altar and discover 
that in this ceremony far from home they have adopted a new god 
the governor general. They have also assumed a new nomenclature, 
each of the men acquiring a nom de plume for the day: captain, 
engine driver, general, etc. Before the ceremony begins, accusations 
are leveled against two of their members for seducing the lovers of 
other members of the emigre community. The spirit of mischief is 
exorcised from their bodies by commanding them to run round the 
bush, from which they return many minutes later foaming at the 
mouth, their bodies quivering under the spell of a self-imposed hyp- 
notic trance. 

The yearly ritual commences with macabre dances. The captain 
struts around in a comic parody of a colonial officer, the engine driver 
simulates an engine in motion, etc. The general completes the cari- 
cature. All foam at the mouth as they appear under hypnotic trances. 
At last the dance stops for the sacrifice. It is the custom of this tribe 



94 ESSAYS 

never to kill a dog, but as Emigres they must assert their defiance of 
their formal customs. For this purpose they have brought a mongrel 
which they kill on the altar. Its blood is drunk by the prostrate men 
and its raw flesh devoured. Through this perverse ritual all the 
participants appear delirious, continually ejecting foam from the mouth. 
At sunset the ghastly ceremony ends and they leave their secret site to 
return to town. This anthropological film ends with the morrow when 
all the participants have returned to their normal occupations in the 
city, none betraying any sign of the ritual of the day before. 

It is obvious that the anthropological film will deal only with 
aspects of Africa that provide it with data such as has been described. 
Its camera seeks out the primitive, shows a marked predilection for 
the past. The new, urban life in Africa throbbing with vitality finds 
little place in these films. 

A question that naturally springs to mind is what attempt is being 
made to develop African cinema productions that will counteract 
decades of distortion. Future screen presentations of African life, with 
the infinite possibilities of dramatizing both the past and the present 
as well as communicating to world audiences African aspirations, can 
only be successfully achieved by Africans conscious of the great con- 
tribution we must make to the art of the cinema. It is clear that 
neither Hollywood nor the other commercial productions of the West 
can serve as a guide. Rather, local heroes, the conflict of ideas raging 
in African communities, and the wealth of imagery present in folklore 
will provide their inevitable inspiration. 



African Work Songs 

TENNYSON MAKIWANE 

South Africa 



At a Johannesburg timber yard a white foreman took 
on a job to "supervise" the hundreds of African 
laborers employed there. After watching the routine for hours the new 
"baas" shouted out to the workers to halt and gather round him. 

He was boiling with rage when he said: "You Kaffirs, do you think 
you have come to a picnic here? Come on, get on with your job and 
stop that singing." 

The workers were silent robots as they off-loaded logs of wood from 
trucks and went about doing their work. Only the sound of the electric 
saws could be heard as they went "terrrrr . . . ," slicing the timber. 

Within a fortnight, however, the foreman found himself in the 
manager's office. And this time he was on the receiving end as ques- 
tions were fired at him as to why production had dropped. "Did you 
say you ordered them to stop singing?" 

That was not the only time the work songs triumphed. There is 
another episode. 

Some railway workers had to remove a heavy steel block. A batch 
of white workers who were at the job battled for a long time but in 
vain. A squad of African workers was then brought up to give it a 
go. Seeing this, passers-by stood around to watch what would happen 
now. 

The workers started a song and reached for the load slowly, moving 
with the rhythm of the song. Whilst the soloist completed his part, the 
rest remained glued down on it. The chorus came and the solid steel 
moved as the workers thrust forward amidst cheers from the onlookers : 
"Hurray! Hurray!" 

Our new foreman could not understand a simple principle. That a 

95 



96 ESSAYS 

group of workers performing heavy manual labor require the maxi- 
mum co-operation amongst them. 

We all know the common counting method of ensuring unanimous 
action: "One, two, three, heave!*' 

African workers achieve this vital co-operation by using their talent 
for singing, and work to the rhythm of the songs. 

A good example is a song sung by workers sliding a heavy object 
along the ground. 
It says : 

Watshitshiliz' umadala, 
Watshitshiliz' umadala, umadala, umadala. 
Let him slide along, the old man, this old man. 
The workers push to the rhythm of "umadala, umadala . . ." 
Similarly with this one: 
Ayilvumi thela amanzi NYIKITHI, 
Ha uthi NYIKITHI, NYIKITHI. 
It refuses to budge, loosen it with water, 
Nyikithi. 
Shake it! 

Usually a soloist starts the song, the rest of the workers reply and 
then they all join in chorus at the same time getting stuck into the job. 
As in this Zulu road workers' song. 

Solo: Kukhat' umabengwana. (At this stage the workers are rest- 
ing on their picks.) 

Reply: Wen' uzothini. (Lifting their picks.) 
Chorus: lyoo . . o . . oo (All bringing down the picks.) 
The song simply means that "birds are singing overhead -how 
about us we just have to struggle along (lyoo . . oo . .)." 

Many themes which come into these songs range from love to skits 
on various problems one comes across in the big city like the fact that 
you have to lock your house (a thing that does not happen way back 
in the reserve) . 
Here is one such song: 
Nguban' ebevuli indlu yam, 
ndingay* vulanga. Ngu kiya. 
Ukiy' unetyala. 
Who opened my room without my permission? 



AFRICAN WORK SONGS <# 

It's the key, blame the key. 

By far the most inspiring, however, are the songs the workers have 
composed as a direct reaction to oppression, the color bar and so on. 
There is the classic: 
Abelungu ngodem, abelungu ngodem, 
basibiza oojim, basibiza oojim. 
Be damn the whites, they call us Jim, they call us Jim. 
In spite of the fact that they despise us, some of their women love 
us, the next verse goes on to say: 

Umfazi womlungu, umfazi womlungu, 

bamthumeP ePitoli, bamthumel' ePitoli, ePitoli. 

Recently one of them (the white women) has been jailed and sent 

to the Central Prison. 

Then the various administrative formalities come under fire. There 
is the Sotho round entitled "He motsoala." My aunt went to lay a 
charge (in Pretoria) and she was made to sign this and that document 
and have it stamped. Then she stamped and signed the documents 
again and again. 

"Ka saina, ka ba ka tempa, 
ka tempa, ka ba ka saina .... 

One day South Africa will be like the other advanced countries and 
unskilled labor will be mechanized. Then work songs will be heard 
no more. Something must be done now to preserve this wonderful 
heritage of the working people. 



Funeral of a Whale 

J. BENIBENGOR BLAY 

Ghana 



There is great excitement in the ancient town of 
Missibi in Ghana. 

The previous night had been wet and stormy and one which the 
fishermen were not likely to forget. Caught in the storm, their canoes 
had been dashed to pieces on the rocks and their nets swept away on 
the swift current. Only the fact that they were all strong swimmers 
had saved the men from drowning. 

The sun is not yet up when they collect again on the shore to watch 
for their nets. The moon is still shining and little waves dance merrily 
on the strand, while the sea crabs scuttle among the scattered shells. 
But these things do not interest the fishermen, and even the search for 
nets is forgotten as they catch sight of a huge object, surrounded by 
a shoal of fish, tossing on the rolling sea. Their slow, questing advance 
is halted as a nauseating stench greets them. Fingers to their noses, 
they crane and peer. It is a whale and judging by the smell, it has 
been dead for some days. 

Now, such a sight is no mere spectacle to the people of Missibi. 
As descendants of a strong and virile race which long ago came by 
sea in great barge-like ships to settle in these parts, they hold to the 
tradition that the sea is their home and they worship it to this day. In 
any crisis whatever its nature, whether drought or famine or war 
they call upon the sea for help. The whale is the king of their sea. 
And it has been the custom, throughout their long history, to accord 
a ceremonial funeral to any whale that comes rolling ashore dead. 

So, bound by tradition, the fishermen must bear the unhappy tidings 
to the ruler of the town. Their waists girdled with palm leaves and 



FUNERAL OF A WHALE 99 

fingers to lips as signs that their news is urgent, and as yet secret, they 
go on their errand. 

The chief's advisers are called together by the court messenger for 
a palaver. Now the fishermen are permitted to tell their news. Only 
after the chief's bodyguards have visited the beach to confirm this 
statement may the townsfolk be told. It is now past eight o'clock in 
the morning. The state drums boom out the warning of great 
calamity. The people from the busy market place, the farmers, coconut 
breakers and rice growers who have risen at cockcrow and gone to 
the farms, all come trooping to the palace yard, agog with excitement. 

The chief comes to the courtyard with his advisers and sits on the 
landing of the dais. His face betokens sadness. His attendants bow and 
leave the palace. The drums are still booming. Outside are packed 
lorries and cars from up country bringing loads of hawkers and 
buyers to the market while the occupants move in with the still 
surging crowd. 

The court messenger comes into the yard, bows to the chief and 
courtiers, commands silence and after giving a brief survey of the 
history of Missibi and her connection with the sea, makes his announce- 
ment to the assembled throng. 

"The State is in mourning. A whale is dead and has been washed 
ashore. The funeral will be held at two o'clock at Aposika where the 
king of the sea now lies." 

There is no whisper nor laughter nor cough as the great crowd 
moves from distant parts, out of the palace. The market day is post- 
poned. The school bell's tolling stopped. All is sad silence. Yet it is a 
great day for the hawkers from distant parts, for now they will see 
something of which so far they have only heard. To the aged of the 
town it is history repeating itself, and the announcement seems to 
bring back pictures of half-forgotten times. 

By order of a committee appointed by the chiefs advisers, funeral 
preparations are put in hand at once. Cases of gin, beer, kola and palm 
wine are brought from the stores and cellars. A body of young men 
is engaged in the erection of bamboo huts, and the bush around the 
area is cleared, while musicians polish their instruments in readiness. 
Word is passed to neighboring places and more people arrive to swell 
the numbers. 



100 ESSAYS 

At two o'clock the procession leaves for the scene of the funeral, 
guns booming, state guns rumbling, ivory horn blaring. The chief 
and his counselors are dressed in red. The womenfolk, besmeared with 
red clay and wearing pieces of red calico tied around their hair, are 
in front with the children. The men bring up the rear. 

The tail of the column is as yet only at the outskirts of the town 
when its head reaches the place where, a little off the beach, lies the 
great shapeless mass of the whale. Gallons of disinfectant have already 
been sprinkled around to kill the smell. 

Now the chiefs messenger calls for silence and orders the crowd to 
be seated. The chief steps forward followed by his advisers. Dropping 
the red cloth from his shoulder and gathering the folds in his left 
arm, with a glass of rum held in his right hand, he first raises his eyes 
to heaven then looks to the ground as he pours out a libation with these 
words: "Tradition binds us to the sea and the whale is king of the 
elements there. My people and I pay you homage and lament your 
death. How it happened we do not know. Whether it was in combat 
with your fellow kings, or whether it was inflicted by those who de- 
light in making sport of you, or whether it was a natural death, we 
are afflicted all the same with a great sense of personal loss. We re- 
affirm our traditional ties with your descendants, will look to them in 
anxious days for help, and beg of you, who now belong to the ages, 
to release this land from starvation and sickness; leave in their place 
health and plenty. Rest in peace." 

The funeral ceremony being declared open, the women like minstrels 
tell the story of the whale in parables; its connection with the state is 
recounted and the dead one praised. The chief and his advisers are 
head mourners and make themselves responsible for the fair distribu- 
tion of drinks, providing food for those who have come from afar and 
recording donations received. 

The young men keep order and play native instruments, while the 
old correct any departure from the traditional funeral procedure. Boys 
and girls play "Hunt the Slipper" and "Ampay." Hunters fire off guns 
and firecrackers at intervals in honor of the majesty of the dead. Fisher- 
men fish in the waves and cast their nets on the beach; farmers sow 
their seeds on the strand, fetish priests play tom-toms and perform 
their feats of walking barefoot on broken bottles and gashing their 



FUNERAL OF A WHALE 101 

stomachs with sharp knives. Everybody, in fact, is doing something. 
And all the men are partly or completely drunk. 

As the celebration continues, weeping becomes the order of the day; 
there is competition among the womenfolk in pitch, tone and render- 
ing of phrases, and prizes are offered to those who maintain the high 
standard of wailing set by their ancestors. 

Further away from the crowds a great number of seagulls gather. 
Some are twittering, others are flying around the whale. The tide 
begins to rise and the waves are swelling high. Deep clouds over- 
shadow the clear blue sky, and for a while the heavens are pouring 
rain. It seems that nature, too, is paying tribute to the king of the sea. 

At six o'clock, as the sun is setting behind the clouds, the celebrations 
reach their climax the solemn spreading of a long white sheet over 
the whale. Now each mourner takes a pebble, a shell, a stick, a coin 
or anything handy and, whispering a few words, whirls it around his 
head and throws it in the direction of the whale. Then without a 
further glance, all return to town. 

The funeral of the king of the sea is over. 



Akan Poetry 

J. H. KWABENA NKETIA 

Ghana 



In Akan society, the Ashanti, Fanti, Akim, and other 
tribes of Ghana, literary activity has until recently 
been carried on largely by word of mouth. The texts of Akan poetry, 
therefore, occur as language events, and some forms of it are not always 
readily recognized as poetry by those not thoroughly acquainted with 
our poetic tradition. Moreover the use of poetic expressions is not 
peculiar to the poem. The very names and the praise appellations 
which are given to people in Akan society have the feel of poetry: 
"One who is restive until he has fought and won." 
"Dwentiwaa's husband, and a man of valor." 
"Daughter of a spokesman who is herself a spokesman." 
"Karikari that weighs gold and gives it away, the benevolent one." 
These and many others have a highly evocative power for the Akan. 
No one says "The chief has died" if he knows our poetic habits. He 
says "The chief has gone to his village." Incidence of hardship is de- 
scribed in terms of fire in the house going out. 

Similarly the use of proverbs is not confined to the poem; they arc 
quoted in many situations in the home, at work, at the court. They 
are considered a mark of eloquence and wit, and anyone who is able 
to quote or use proverbs habitually may be regarded as a poet of a sort. 
Like other African peoples the Akan are particular about their social 
greetings. These usually consist of a short sentence or two and lack 
the marks of a literary form. On the other hand, the same material 
could be worked out in a literary form, as in the following text of 
greetings to the chief of an Akan state on the occasion of the new year: 

102 



AKAN POETRY 103 

The year has come round. 

I have come to greet you, 

To shower blessings on you. 

Live long, live long, live long, 

Live to a good old age. 

The drummer of the talking drums says, 

He showers his blessings on you. 

Live long, live long, live long, 

Live to a good old age. 

The God of old says, 

He showers his blessings on you. 

Live to a good old age, chief, 

The Earth Amponyinamoa says, 

She showers her blessings on you. 

Live to a good old age. 

Live long, live long, live long, 

Live to a good old age. 

May years be added to your years. 

The utterances of the text I have just quoted are rather like the texts 
of ordinary social greetings "Live long, may years be added to your 
years" but in a more elaborate form, and with additional expressions 
and repetitions not common in everyday greetings. There is a definite 
pattern which unfolds itself as the text enlarges. In the way it is ar- 
ranged, it carries a far greater emotional force and aesthetic merit. 

The development of the poetic tradition of the Akan appears to have 
followed four distinct courses, each one giving rise to a distinctive 
style of arrangement or delivery. 

ORAL POETRY. First there is the tradition of oral poetry, or poetry 
which is recited and not sung. The greatest use of this is in connection 
with chiefship. At state functions special poems of praise are recited 
by minstrels to paramount chiefs. In these poems allusions to past suc- 
cesses in war, particularly the decapitations of enemy chiefs and poten- 
tates, are made. They are intended to remind the chief of his former 
enemies, to remind him of his power as war leader and to incite him 
to deeds of bravery. 



104 ESSAYS 

He is one who hates to see an enemy return victorious. 

He is bulletproof: when you fire at him, you waste your ammuni- 
tion. 

He catches priests and snatches their bells from them. 

He is not to be challenged. If anybody dares him, the one is sure 
to lose his head. 

He is like the tough tree as well as the old, wet half-dead tree, 
neither of which can be cut. 

The delivery of the poems is very dramatic and expressive. There 
may be an introductory exclamatory lead, "He is the one [Ono no]" 
or a simple interjection for calling attention, "Odee el" 

Oral literature has tended to give prominence to persons, interper- 
sonal relationships and attitudes and values derived from our concep- 
tion of the universe. We do not spend time on the daffodils or the 
nightingale or on reflections on abstract beauty, the night sky and so 
on as things in themselves, but only in relation to social experience. 
Our poetry is full of animals and plants, but these are used because 
they provide apt metaphors or similes, or compressed ways of stating 
bits of social experience. 

RECITATIVE. The second tradition is that of verse which is half-spoken 
and half-sung the recitative style used in dirges and the poetry of 
hunters' celebrations. A number of references are made which can be 
grouped around a few themes: the ancestor, the deceased or any par- 
ticular individual, the place of domicile. 

LYRIC POETRY. The third tradition of poetry is lyric: the use of the 
song as a vehicle for poetry. This tradition constitutes the bulk of 
Akan poetry. There is no uniformity of themes, for the songs are 
used in different contexts. Songs of worship and songs for particular 
ceremonies make their peculiar references, but the cultural value of 
these songs is not merely that they provide such data; they are state- 
ments of the poet, reflections of his vision. They are first and foremost 
poetry. 

The structure of lyric poems in Akan society is greatly influenced by 
the musical requirements. Songs performed by individuals tend to have 
a sustained verse form with the minimum of wholesale repetitions, 
whereas those sung by solo and chorus tend to have some phrases 



AKAN POETRY 105 

repeated over and over again. Poems in this tradition fall into various 
lyric types: 

Songs of prayer, exhilaration and incitement. 

Cradle songs. Introduction to poetry begins very early in life, long 
before one is able to understand the language. The tune, the sound 
sequences which form the words, and most important of all the 
rhythm evoke responses from the child, responses of excitement or of 
calm and repose, which lull it to sleep. There are, however, cradle songs 
which build up statements of wider meaning to the mother of older 
infants. In these songs there is always scope for the reflections of the 
mother or nurse, for allusions to the co-wife of a polygamous marriage, 
allusions to the treatment meted out to the woman by the husband: 

Little child, come for a feed. 

If you divorce me, you cannot take away my child. 

Little one, come for a feed. 

Someone would like to have you for her child 

But you are my own. 

Someone wished she had you to nurse you on a good mat; 

Someone wished you were hers: she would put you on camel 

blanket; 

But I have you to rear you on a torn mat. 
Someone wished she had you, but I have you. 

Songs from fol\ tales. 
Warrior songs. 

Maiden songs. In Akan society maiden songs are sung on moonlight 
nights by women who form themselves into little performing groups 
for this purpose. The women in a group stand in a circle and clap their 
hands as they sing. Each one takes a turn at leading the verses. 

The songs are used mainly for praising or making references to loved 
ones, brothers or other kinsmen or outstanding men in the community. 
In the past, anybody who was thus honored was supposed to give the 
women presents the following day. 



106 ESSAYS 

He is coming, he is coming, 

Treading along on camel blanket in triumph. 

Yes, stranger, we are bestirring ourselves. 

Agyei the warrior is drunk, 

The green mamba with fearful eyes. 

Yes, Agyei the warrior, 

He is treading along on camel blanket in triumph, 

Make way for him. 
He is coming, he is coming. 
Treading along on sandals [i.e. on men] 
Yes, stranger, we are bestirring ourselves. 
Adum Agyei is drunk. 
The Green Mamba, Afaafa Adu. 

Yes, Agyei the warrior, 

He is treading along on camel blanket in triumph, 

Make way for him. 

THE POETRY OF HORNS AND DRUMS. The development of the poetic 
tradition has not been confined to the spoken voice. A great deal of 
our heroic poetry is conveyed through the medium of horns, pipes and 
drums. Although drums are used in Akan society for making a limited 
number of announcements, they are also vehicles of literature. Indeed, 
in view of the radio, the newspaper and other modern means of com- 
munication there would be no hope for the talking drum if its only 
function was to give information. On state occasions poems of special 
interest are drummed to the chief and the community as a whole. 
These poems run into many scores of verses and fall into four groups. 

First there are the poems of the drum prelude called the Awakening, 
Anyaneanyane. When a drummer is playing these poems he begins by 
announcing himself, closing the opening with the formula: "I am 
learning, let me succeed" 

or "I am addressing you, and you will understand." 

He then addresses in turn the components of the drum the wood 
of the drum, the drum pegs, strings, the animal that provides the hide 
of the drum: the elephant or the duyker. 

Next he addresses the earth, God, the witch, the cock and the clock- 
bird, ancestor drummers, and finally the god Tano. The cock and the 



AKAN POETRY 107 

clockbird are frequently referred to in drum texts because of the alert 
they give. They are like drummers who have to keep vigil while others 
are asleep. 

When I was going to bed, I was not sleepy. 

When I felt like sleeping, my eyes never closed. 

All night he stood in his coop, 

While children lay in bed asleep. 

Early in the morning he was hailed: 

"Good morning to you, Mr. Cock." 

The Cock crows in the morning. 

The Cock rises to crow before the crack of dawn. 

I am learning, let me succeed. 

Kokokyinaka Asamoa, the Clockbird, 

How do we greet you? 

We greet you with "Anyaado," 

We hail you as the Drummer's child. 

The drummer's child sleeps and awakes with the dawn. 

I am learning, let me succeed. 

The second group of texts are in the nature of panegyrics or eulogies. 
Abridged forms incorporating the names, praise appellations of in- 
dividuals and greetings or messages are used in social situations for 
example in a dance arena. The chief use of these eulogies, however, 
is for honoring kings and ancestor kings on ceremonial occasions when 
their origin, parentage and noble deeds are recalled against a back- 
ground of tribal history. 

The third group of poems are those used for heralding the move- 
ments of a chief, for greeting people, for announcing emergencies and 
so on. When a chief is drinking at a state ceremony, the drummer 
drums a running commentary. If it is gin, he drums as follows: 

Chief they are bringing it. 

They are bringing it. 

They are bringing it to you. 

Chief you are about to drink imported liquor. 

Chief pour some on the ground. 

He is sipping it slowly and gradually. 

He is sipping it in little draughts. 



108 ESSAYS 

The last group of poems are the proverbs. These may be used sepa- 
rately or they may be incorporated into other poems or into drum 
pieces intended for dancing. Here are some proverbs of the Akantam 
dance: 

Rustling noise by the wayside 

Means what creature? 

The wood pigeon, the wood pigeon. 

Wood pigeon Seniampon, 

He goes along the path eating grains of millet. 

Condolences, wood pigeon. 

Duyf(er Adawurampon Kwamena 

Who told the Duy\er to get hold of his sword? 

The tail of the Duyfer is short, 

But he is able to brush himself with it. 

"I am bearing fruit," says Pot Herb. 

"I am bearing fruit," says Garden Egg. 

Logs of firewood are lying on the farm, 

But it is the faggot that makes the fire flare. 

Duy\er Adawurampon Kwamena 

Who told the Duyf^er to get hold of his sword? 

The tail of the Duyf(er is short, 

But he is able to brush himself with it. 

"Pluck the feathers off this tortoise." 

Tortoise: "Fowl, do you hear that?" 

Duy\er Adawurampon Kwamena 

Who told the Duy\er to get hold of his sword? 

The tail of the Duyl^er is short, 

But he is able to brush himself with it. 

The origin and storehouse of Akan poetry is the individual member 
of Akan society brought up on the traditions of his people, the in- 
dividual who from childhood has been taught or has learned through 
social experience to use certain words and expressions, to regard some 
as beautiful, deep, proper, improper, correct, bad and so on; the in- 
dividual who has been taught to understand and use the proverbs in 
his language, who has been taught to sing cradle songs, dance songs, 
war songs and love songs, to drum and dance or to appreciate drum- 



AKAN POETRY ICX) 

ming and dancing; the individual who under emotional stress would 
quote a proverb, a familiar saying, a line or two of traditional oral 
poetry, just as some English people and Africans with English educa- 
tion would quote Shakespeare, Milton, Gray and others. Our poetry, 
therefore, is held corporately by many such individuals in our society. 
That has been the tradition. 

Hence the process of transmission through education and social 
experience is as important in this respect as it has always been for 
other aspects of our culture. But the function of the individual was not 
merely to act as a carrier of a tradition. He was also to maintain it by 
using it, by re-creating it, for each time he performed his set pieces 
he was in a sense giving the poetry of his people a new life. 

The poetic tradition is still being maintained, though not to the same 
degree. Some types of poetry, particularly those associated with the 
court, are not nearly as well-known as they used to be only a few 
decades ago. Many people, particularly those who have had the benefit 
of school education, cannot make any bold claim to a knowledge of 
the traditions. Nevertheless, poets and custodians of the tradition are 
still to be found creating and re-creating traditional poetry in appro- 
priate contexts. 



STORIES 



New Life at Kyerefaso 



EFUA THEODORA SUTHERLAND 



Ghana 



Shall we say 

Shall we put it this way 

Shall we say that the maid of Kyerefaso, Foruwa, daughter of the 
Queen Mother, was as a young deer, graceful in limb? Such was she, 
with head held high, eyes soft and wide with wonder. And she was 
light of foot, light in all her moving. 

Stepping springily along the water path like a deer that had strayed 
from the thicket, springily stepping along the water path, she was a 
picture to give the eye a feast. And nobody passed her by but turned 
to look at her again. 

Those of her village said that her voice in speech was like the mur- 
mur of a river quietly flowing beneath shadows of bamboo leaves. 
They said her smile would sometimes blossom like a lily on her lips 
and sometimes rise like sunrise. 

The butterflies do not fly away from the flowers, they draw near. 
Foruwa was the flower of her village. 
So shall we say, 

Shall we put it this way, that all the village butterflies, the men, 
tried to draw near her at every turn, crossed and crossed her path? 
Men said of her, "She shall be my wife, and mine, and mine and 
mine." 

But suns rose and set, moons silvered and died and as the days 

in 



112 STORIES 

passed Foruwa grew more lovesomc, yet she became no one's wife. 
She smiled at the butterflies and waved her hand lightly to greet them 
as she went swiftly about her daily work: 
"Morning, Kweku 
Morning, Kwesi 
Morning, Kodwo" 
but that was all. 

And so they said, even while their hearts thumped for her: 
"Proud! 

Foruwa is proud . . . and very strange*' 
And so the men when they gathered would say: 

"There goes a strange girl. She is not just stifl>in-the-neck proud, not 
just breasts-stuck-out I-am-the-only-girl-in-the- village proud. What kind 
of pride is hers?" 

The end of the year came round again, bringing the season of 
festivals. For the gathering in of corn, yams and cocoa there were 
harvest celebrations. There were bride-meetings too. And it came to 
the time when the Asafo companies should hold their festival. The 
village was full of manly sounds, loud musketry and swelling choruses. 
The pathfinding, path-clearing ceremony came to an end. The Asafo 
marched on toward the Queen Mother's house, the women fussing 
round them, prancing round them, spreading their cloths in their way. 
"Osee!" rang the cry. "Osee!" to the manly men of old. They 
crouched like leopards upon the branches. 
Before the drums beat 
Before the danger drums beat, beware! 
Before the horns moaned 
Before the wailing horns moaned, beware! 

They were upright, they sprang. They sprang. They sprang upon 
the enemy. But now, blood no more! No more thundershot on thunder- 
shot. 

But still we are the leopards on the branches. We are those who roar 
and cannot be answered back. Beware, we are they who cannot be 
answered back. 

There was excitement outside the Queen Mother's courtyard gate. 
"Gently, gently," warned the Asafo leader. "Here comes the Queen 
Mother. 



NEW LIFE AT KYEREFASO 113 

Spread skins of the gentle sheep in her way. 
Lightly, lightly walks our Mother Queen. 
Shower her with silver, 
Shower her with silver for she is peace." 

And the Queen Mother stood there, tall, beautiful, before the men 
and there was silence. 

"What news, what news do you bring?" she quietly asked. 

"We come with dusty brows from our pathfinding, Mother. We 
come with tired, thorn-pricked feet. We come to bathe in the coolness 
of your peaceful stream. We come to offer our manliness to new life." 

The Queen Mother stood there, tall and beautiful and quiet. Her 
fanbearers stood by her and all the women clustered near. One by one 
the men laid their guns at her feet and then she said: 

"It is well. The gun is laid aside. The gun's rage is silenced in the 
stream. Let your weapons from now on be your minds and your hands' 
toil. 

"Come maidens, women all, join the men in dance for they offer 
themselves to new life." 

There was one girl who did not dance. 

"What, Foruwa!" urged the Queen Mother, "Will you not dance? 
The men are tired of parading in the ashes of their grandfathers' 
glorious deeds. That should make you smile. They are tired of the 
empty croak: 'We are men, we are men.' 

"They are tired of sitting like vultures upon the rubbish heaps they 
have piled upon the half-built walls of their grandfathers. Smile, then, 
Foruwa, smile. 

"Their brows shall now indeed be dusty, their feet thorn-picked, and 
1 love my land' shall cease to be the empty croaking of a vulture upon 
the rubbish heap. Dance, Foruwa, dance!" 

Foruwa opened her lips and this was all she said: "Mother, I do not 
find him here." 

"Who? Who do you not find here?" 

"He with whom this new life shall be built. He is not here, Mother. 
These men's faces are empty; there is nothing in them, nothing at all." 

"Alas, Foruwa, alas, alas! What will become of you, my daughter?" 

"The day I find him, Mother, the day I find the man, I shall come 
running to you, and your worries will come to an end." 



114 STORIES 

"But, Foruwa, Foruwa," argued the Queen Mother, although in her 
heart she understood her daughter, "five years ago your rites were 
fulfilled. Where is the child of your womb? Your friend Maanan 
married. Your friend Esi married. Both had their rites with you." 

"Yes, Mother, they married and see how their steps once lively now 
drag in the dust. The sparkle has died out of their eyes. Their husbands 
drink palm wine the day long under the mango trees, drink palm 
wine and push counters across the draughtboards all the day, and are 
they not already looking for other wives? Mother, the man I say is 
not here." 

This conversation had been overheard by one of the men and soon 
others heard what Foruwa had said. That evening there was heard a 
new song in the village. 

"There was a woman long ago, 
Tell that maid, tell that maid, 
There was a woman long ago, 
She would not marry Kwesi, 
She would not marry Kwaw, 
She would not, would not, would not. 
One day she came home with hurrying feet, 
I've found the man, the man, the man, 
Tell that maid, tell that maid, 
Her man looked like a chief, 
Tell that maid, tell that maid, 
Her man looked like a chief, 
Most splendid to see, 
But he turned into a python, 
He turned into a python 
And swallowed her up? 

From that time onward there were some in the village who turned 
their backs on Foruwa when she passed. 
Shall we say 
Shall we put it this way 

Shall we say that a day came when Foruwa with hurrying feet came 
running to her mother? She burst through the courtyard gate; and 



NEW LIFE AT KYEREFASO 115 

there she stood in the courtyard, joy all over. And a stranger walked 
in after her and stood in the courtyard beside her, stood tall and strong 
as a pillar. Foruwa said to the astonished Queen Mother: 

"Here he is, Mother, here is the man." 

The Queen Mother took a slow look at the stranger standing there 
strong as a forest tree, and she said: 

"You carry the light of wisdom on your face, my son. Greetings, you 
are welcome. But who are you, my son?" 

"Greetings, Mother," replied the stranger quietly, "I am a worker. 
My hands are all I have to offer your daughter, for they are all my 
riches. I have traveled to see how men work in other lands. I have that 
knowledge and my strength. That is all my story." 
Shall we say, 
Shall we put it this way, 

strange as the story is, that Foruwa was given in marriage to the 
stranger. 

There was a rage in the village and many openly mocked saying, 
"Now the proud ones eat the dust." 
Yet shall we say, 
Shall we put it this way 

that soon, quite soon, the people of Kyerefaso began to take notice of 
the stranger in quite a different way. 

"Who," some said, "is this who has come among us? He who 
mingles sweat and song, he for whom toil is joy and life is full and 
abundant?" 

"See," said others, "what a harvest the land yields under his ceaseless 
care." 

"He has taken the earth and molded it into bricks. See what a home 
he has built, how it graces the village where it stands." 

"Look at the craft of his fingers, baskets or kente, stool or mat, the 
man makes them all." 

"And our children swarm about him, gazing at him with wonder 
and delight." 

Then it did not satisfy them any more to sit all day at their draught- 
boards under the mango trees. 

"See what Foruwa's husband has done," they declared; "shall the 
sons of the land not do the same?" 



Il6 STORIES 

And soon they began to seek out the stranger to talk with him. Soon 
they too were toiling, their fields began to yield as never before, and 
the women labored joyfully to bring in the harvest. A new spirit stirred 
the village. As the carelessly built houses disappeared one by one, and 
new homes built after the fashion of the stranger's grew up, it seemed 
as if the village of Kyerefaso had been born afresh. 

The people themselves became more alive and a new pride possessed 
them. They were no longer just grabbing from the land what they 
desired for their stomachs' present hunger and for their present com- 
fort. They were looking at the land with new eyes, feeling it in their 
blood, and thoughtfully building a permanent and beautiful place for 
themselves and their children. 

"Osee!" It was festival-time again. "Osee!" Blood no more. Our 
fathers found for us the paths. We are the roadmakers. They bought 
for us the land with their blood. We shall build it with our strength. 
We shall create it with our minds. 

Following the men were the women and children. On their heads 
they carried every kind of produce that the land had yielded and crafts 
that their fingers had created. Green plantains and yellow bananas were 
carried by the bunch in large white wooden trays. Garden eggs, toma- 
toes, red oil-palm nuts warmed by the sun were piled high in black 
earthen vessels. Oranges, yams, maize filled shining brass trays and 
golden calabashes. Here and there were children proudly carrying 
colorful mats, baskets and toys which they themselves had made. 

The Queen Mother watched the procession gathering on the new 
village playground now richly green from recent rains. She watched 
the people palpitating in a massive dance toward her where she stood 
with her fanbearers outside the royal house. She caught sight of 
Foruwa. Her load of charcoal in a large brass tray which she had 
adorned with red hibiscus danced with her body. Happiness filled the 
Queen Mother when she saw her daughter thus. 

Then she caught sight of Foruwa's husband. He was carrying a 
white lamb in his arms, and he was singing happily with the men. 
She looked on him with pride. The procession had approached the 
royal house. 

"See!" rang the cry of the Asafo leader. "See how the best in all the 
land stands. Sec how she stands waiting, our Queen Mother. Waiting 



NEW LIFE AT KYEREFASO 117 

to wash the dust from our brow in the coolness of her peaceful stream. 
Spread skins of the gentle sheep in her way, gently, gently. Spread the 
yield of the land before her. Spread the craft of your hands before her, 
gently, gently. 
"Lightly, lightly walks our Queen Mother, for she is peace." 



Death in the Sun 

PETER KUMALO 

South Africa 



That day coming into Cape Town by bus with two 
friends, I saw the stark tragedy of the drama of Life 
and Sudden Death played out in reality below the precincts of District 
Six and with this new experience I felt naked and afraid. 

Slowly moving off from a stop our bus approached Tennant Street 
and a man came dashing around that corner into the main road hotly 
pursued by a young fellow leading a gang of youths who followed 
some paces behind. They ran on for about thirty yards and the gang 
leader had almost caught hold of the fleeing man when he with 
amazing swiftness halted in his tracks, turned and struck at him and 
it was only after the action had been completed, when he lifted his 
hand, that we, watching in the bus, saw the knife and the shocking 
realization came to us that he had stabbed the young fellow. He then 
turned again and fled on and the stabbed fellow stopped, looked at his 
chest and it was as if he too suddenly realized what had happened to 
him in that split second and when he turned there was a growing red 
stain on his shirt and we could see the surprise on his face, shock, 
fright, the desire to go on living, not to die in the instant he faced 
our way. He shouted, "O God, help me!" and started running toward 
the rear of our bus while the blood ran streaming out from between 
the fingers of his left hand which he held to his heart as if to stem 
the flow all the while the bus moving very slowly with only a mur- 
mur coming from its engine and the passengers petrified into attitudes 
of astonishment, unable to utter words. 

Then we tried to get down from the upper deck where we had been 
sitting to the lower deck, but a passenger stopped on his way halfway 
down the stairs, halted by momentary shock at what he saw and we 
could get no farther until we had pushed him aside and forced our 
way through. 

118 



DEATH IN THE SUN 

There was a patch of blood from the dying-man's hand on the shiny 
chrome-steel bar which he had clutched in an effort to pull himself 
onto the platform and he was now lying in the aisle on his back with 
his legs bent under him and his arms thrown back like a person who 
had been struck down while kneeling at prayer. His shirt was soaked 
red and his trousers and the seats and the floor were splashed with 
blood. 

His chest heaved with a great effort as he breathed, his shirt drawing 
tight every few seconds along the edge of his rib-cage as he inhaled. 
In his open eyes, unstaring and looking at no one in particular, one 
could see emotional conflict and horror at the crazy and frightening 
knowledge that that amazing thing, Death, was so very near and that 
he was so very alone and that all the while his life's blood was steadily 
pouring out of his pierced heart. And, we, we felt so helpless, so 
terribly helpless because we could do nothing to save his young, tender 
life. 

And death, when it came, was sudden like the disappearance of the 
golden setting sun when one's back is turned, like the unexpected toll 
of a bell in the still of night and his body was that of a person from 
whom the personality had been erased, a corpse as lifeless as a dead, 
limp impersonal doll from which human blood frothed and left a 
crimson trail as it flowed on the floor and over the hard steel edge of 
the platform onto the hot surface of the asphalt road. 

There was some panic among the passengers but some people, when 
the bus stopped, ran to get help, to telephone for the doctor, for the 
ambulance, for the police and a gaping, milling crowd gathered, people 
out of the slums from which this young man had come to meet death, 
tawdry, workworn, some dressed in soiled clothing, housewives with 
unkempt hair and dirty aprons, a few drunken men, barefoot children 
whose attention had suddenly been arrested from play, all excited, all 
curious and wanting to have a look and when they saw were hushed 
into an uncomfortable, questioning silence at this hostile, unwanted 
presence cast suddenly into their midst. And all the time there was a 
hum of conversation that was a quavering drone of excited voices above 
which rose certain questions and explanations, "Loep haal sy ma," 
said one woman's voice. 



120 STORIES 

And others said, "Wat is sy naam?" and "Dis daai klong wat hicr 
bo in Tennantstraat bly" . . . "Wattit gabeur" . . . "Haai, kyk die 
bloed!" But above all, "Is hy dood?" 

And very few people certain enough dared to answer that he was 
dead because even they unconsciously were hoping that he was still 
alive, that he must still be alive so they hardly answered but kept 
silent unwilling tongues. 

And then the gasping crowd's movement increased as more people 
tried to force a way through to the front and somebody said, "Vooitog, 
dis sy pa and ma." 

And there were over-anxious, frightened, pitying looks on the faces 
of the people. A weeping child fought his way through the swaying 
mass and somebody else said, "Shame, that's his small brother," and 
he went into the bus to his dead brother, wanting him alive and finding 
him dead, almost maddened by his great grief, ran toward an approach- 
ing car in an attempt to destroy himself under its wheels but was 
pulled back. People struggled to move aside so as to make way for the 
dead youth's parents to come through who were sobbing and crying 
and who, when they saw their son, fell into paroxysms of hysteria 
and the mother in her agony tore at her hair like a demented being 
and friends of theirs tried to comfort them and to lead them away, 
but they would not go and leave the body alone. 

The ambulance and the police arrived simultaneously with a siren 
blaring a way through and there were men in uniforms with authority 
in their voices, organizing and bringing order among the throng and 
asking questions and the body was picked up and taken away and then 
the police sped off to catch up with the mob who had gone to hunt 
for the murderer and which by now had long since disappeared down 
a side street by the market place in the distance. And when authority 
had gone and the cause of it all, the crowd broke up, gradually and 
unwillingly, still asking questions and latecomers listened hungrily to 
vague explanations from those who still stood about. 

And the afternoon sun shone, a great glowing ball suspended in the 
afternoon sky, fierce in its summer heat, casting its warm radiant light 
like a golden mantle, but for a little group of three people its light had 
gone out suddenly as if a great black cloud had descended and they 
were left weeping in unbounded darkness. 



Ajantala, the Noxious Guest 

AMOS TUTUOLA 

Nigeria 



Once there lived in a village, a hunter, who had a 
wife. When she was under pregnancy old people of 
the village warned, "It is time now for you to suspend of killing bush 
animals, or if you continue to do so you will kill the baby that your 
wife is going to deliver when it is time and she will deliver of a 
terrible creature in form of a baby when it is time for her to deliver." 

"That is a superstition," the hunter said after the people had gone 
back to their houses. 

Other hunters used to stop killing animals entirely except after their 
wives had delivered so that they might not kill their wives' babies 
who had changed to the form of bush animals and after that went to 
the bush. And when it was the time, the wife of this hunter delivered 
of a male baby. 

"Ha! ha! ha! this is how the world is! What did I come for then. 
I thought this world will be as beautiful as heaven from where I came! 
Look at everything how it is very dirty! Of course, I will not keep long 
before I will go back to heaven!" exclaimed immediately the baby 
came down from his mother's womb. 

Having said like that, he stood up from the blood and was walking 
with trembling feet along to his mother's room. 

"Ha! look at the baby, stood and walked at the same time he is 
born!" the whole people of the house exclaimed with embarrassment. 

"Heigh! I never see a woman to born such a terrible baby as this 
one!" said the mother painfully. 

And he took the sponge and soap, he washed all the blood away 
from his body. After that he wrapped his body with one of his 
mother's clothes, and then he sat upright on a very high stool and he 
was looking at everyone's eyes with his ungrateful eyes. 

121 



122 STORIES 

"Ha! I am badly hungry for food, what can I eat nowl" And then 
he started to sniff the sweet smell of the food which was inside the 
room nearest to his mother's room. 

"Yes, I am glad, I shall get better food from this room; I better go 
in now." 

Without bearing fear of all the people's eyes which were opened 
wildly with wonder, he stood up and entered the room. He ate the 
whole food, that which had been prepared for twenty or more persons. 
After that he kicked all the plates and pots, and all broke into pieces. 
Having done all that he came out, he sat down in the middle of the 
people who were looking on with their withered lips and hands. 

"Good evening to you, the mother of the newly born baby! Thanks 
to the god who has helped you delivered safely. Hope you have not 
any complaint after birth?" The people of the village had heard the 
news of the baby within one hour, and they came to greet the mother 
and to see how the baby was. 

"There is not any complaint at all and thanks to the god for that, 
but" replied the unhappy mother. 

"Doubtless, this is not a real baby but a spirit or one of the animals 
which his father, the hunter, had killed," the people were saying so on 
their ways when returning to their houses. 

In the morning of the seventh day that he was born, several old 
people gathered in his father's parlor, just to give him a name. For 
that must be done, though he was terrible. 

Then he walked for himself and sat in the middle of the people, and 
he was looking at everyone's eyes as they were praying, "Long live 
the baby, and." 

But to their horror, when they were about to announce the name 
which his father, the hunter, wished the old people to give him, the 
baby himself announced loudly, "My name is AJANTALA and there 
is no need to give me another name after this." 

The people sighed, and mumbled with wonder. Then the kolas, 
honey, a large quantity of alligator pepper and drinks as palm wine, 
guinea-corn wine, plantain wine, corn wine, and plenty of bitter kolas 
were brought before the people. For all these must be served at the 
naming ceremony. 

But when they were about to start to eat the kolas, etc., and to drink 



AJANTALA, THE NOXIOUS GUEST 123 

the drinks, Ajantala jumped high unexpectedly and pierced one of 
the people with a sharp iron. And when he turned to another man 
to pierce that one, again, the people rushed to the outside, all were 
running away as hastily as they could. And he chased them, to beat, 
to a short distance before he came back to the house. 

"There is no wonder, the baby (Ajantala) must be a terrible spirit 
of a wild animal. Of course, we had forewarned his father to stop to 
killing animals, except after his wife has delivered, but he did not pay 
heed to the warning, and this is the result now," the people were 
saying about in the village. 

"Oh, yes! this is a thick, long stick." Ajantala took it from the 
ground, he slammed the door and he began to flog his father and the 
rest of the family with the stick so severely that all of them did not 
know the right time that they forced the door open and then ran away, 
Of course, he did not touch his mother. 

"What is more to do? Yes, there are still many more things to do." 

Having remembered what was the next thing to do, he took one ax 
and started to cut down the wall. 

"Ha! Stop that," his mother warned him. 

"Oh! which means you too have no sense? All right, I shall teach 
you good sense now as I have taught the others." 

And he gave his mother seven slaps on the face. 

"Aha! Ajantala, you are a cruel boy, and you are slapping at your 
mother," exclaimed a man who stood at the outside, hardly finished 
in saying so when Ajantala left his mother. He jumped from the 
veranda to the outside and he gave seven slaps to that man. 

"Ha! Ajantala, stop that!" another man who stood nearer exclaimed. 
But to everyone's surprise, immediately that man exclaimed "Ha!" his 
mouth cut open to his nape. 

Now Ajantala became so fearful that the whole people of the village 
shunned to go near his father's house. And his mother had nearly 
died for all the troubles given to her. 

At last, one morning, she took Ajantala to a very far bush. She gave 
him plenty of the sweet fruits. 

"Please, Ajantala, stand near this tree and wait there until I shall 
come back and take you back to the village. For I am now going 



124 STORIES 

farther in the bush to fetch for our food." And by a trick she left him 
there and came back to the village. 

"Where is Ajantala?" his father asked softly. 

"I have left the terrible boy in the bush." 

"And he agreed to stay there?" the father wondered. 

"Yes, he agreed, by my trick," responded the mother. 

"I thank you for that. You see, it is helpful sometime to pay heed to 
the old people's warning." 

"What do you meaning by saying so, my dear?" his wife asked 
calmly. 

"The meaning is that several old people had warned me to stop 
killing bush animals during the period you were under pregnancy. 
And Ajantala is the result of the warning, and I do believe he is one 
of the animals which I had killed during the period of your pregnancy." 

"Ho-o-o! No wonder!" she discovered the reason why Ajantala was 
acting like that and then she believed that he was not a human. 

After Ajantala had waited, waited, waited, and waited under that 
tree, but his mother did not return to him, he was wandering about 
in that bush and was looking for his mother, until he had traveled to 
the heart of the bush and came to a small house which was built there. 
A corn farm surrounded the house, and both house and the farm 
belonged to three brothers. Their names were Goat, Lion, and Ram 
who was the oldest. They were human beings in those days and were 
living together with comfort in that house. 

"Good day, sirs," Ajantala walked zigzag into the house and saluted 
the three family who sat and were enjoying their leisure hours at the 
time he met them. 

"Hello, good day, boy! "Mr. Ram returned the salutation while the 
rest two were looking at Ajantala and expecting what he wanted to say. 

"Please, sirs, I am a wayfarer, and I cannot reach my destination 
today, even probably two weeks. Therefore, I shall be grateful, indeed, 
if you will allow me to stay here with you as your guest for a few 
days only before I will continue my journey," Ajantala asked for this 
obligation with due respect as if he thought he was a good boy. 

"Of course, we may have mercy on you to let you stay with us for 
the few days you ask for, though you are very young," Mr. Ram said on 
behalf of the rest 



AJANTALA, THE NOXIOUS GUEST 125 

"Thanks, sirs, and god" Ajantala prostrated. 

So he was allowed to stay with them, he was eating and doing 
everything with them. 

Having seen this luxurious living, a few days later Ajantala asked, 
"Please, sirs, I like to discontinue my journey but to be a servant for 
you, and I shall be complying with all of your orders," and these three 
brothers agreed. 

The following morning, Ajantala followed Mr. Goat to the farm 
to fetch for their food. Having collected plenty of fruits into the basket, 
Mr. Goat told Ajantala to carry it. 

"Oh! what do you say now, Mr. Goat?" And Mr. Goat repeated 
what he had told him to do. 

"Ho! ho! ho! is that what you mean to do, all right, I shall teach 
you a sense now." And Mr. Goat was looking at him with the inten- 
tion that Ajantala was so small that he could not do him any harm. 

"Hanpa, hanpa, hanpa," Ajantala walked like a crab to a short dis- 
tance. He came back with a handful of dust and he threw it into Mr. 
Goat's eyes suddenly. And as he was staggering about for help, he 
struck him at the forehead with a heavy stone and then he fell down. 
A large quantity of blood was dropping down from the head. 

After a while, Ajantala helped Mr. Goat to stand up, he put the 
basket on his (Mr. Goat's) head. 

As they were going along the way to the house he warned Mr. Goat 
not to tell the rest what had happened to him from the farm. Willing 
or not Mr. Goat agreed, otherwise he would harm him severely more 
than that. 

"Ah! Mr. Goat, what has happened to your head and eyes from the 
farm?" the rest feared when he and Ajantala entered the house. 

"It was a big stone fell upon my head," Mr. Goat replied and rubbed 
away the blood with his hand. 

The following day, it was Mr. Ram's turn to go to the same farm 
for food. Ajantala followed him and he did the same to Mr. Ram. 
And so he did to Mr. Lion the day that he followed him to the farm. 

Then these three brothers fed up to be living with Ajantala, for he 
was too terrible and powerful for them. 

One night, when Ajantala had gone to bed, they did not know 
that he did never fall asleep. Then Mr. Ram first said, "I am afraid, 



126 STORIES 

Ajantala is a noxious guest, and if we don't find one way or the other 
now to escape one day he will kill all of us." 

"Certainly, he will kill all of us one day," Mr. Goat supported. 

"But I suggest that the better thing to do now is to pack all our 
belongings and leave this house tomorrow morning. And I am sure, 
before he will wake we shall go as far as to a place that he will not be 
able to trace us out," Mr. Lion suggested quietly. 

"Yes, you are right, Mr. Lion, and it will be better if we pack our 
belongings and food into one basket now, and by five o'clock in the 
morning leave here," said the rest two. 

At the same time they packed all their belongings into one basket 
and put plenty of food in it which they would eat on their way. 

Having done that, they went to the bed and slept. 

But Ajantala who had heard all of their discussions, stood up cau- 
tiously, he wrapped himself with dried broad leaves and put himself 
at the bottom of the basket. 

By five o'clock, these three brothers woke up, then Mr. Goat put the 
basket on his head and all left that house. They thought that they had 
saved themselves from Ajantala who was in the basket. 

Having traveled about four miles, they came to a tree and they 
stopped under it to rest for some minutes. 

"Eh! we leave our lovely house today and Ajantala will occupy the 
rest thing," said painfully Mr. Lion. 

"Were you not the one who had agreed to Ajantala to be staying 
with us?" Mr. Ram said. 

"Yes, you are the one, Mr. Lion, I believe," Mr. Goat supported. 

"Ha! I were not the one, but Mr. Goat was the one," Mr. Lion 
denied. 

"Ha! ha! ha! not me at all, but you were the one, Mr. Lion," 
exclaimed Mr. Goat. 

"Shut up there, Mr. Goat, I am quite sure you were the one," roared 
Mr. Lion. 

"Ha! ha! ha! don't tell lie against me, Mr. Lion." 

"I say, shut up your mouth and if you don't admit now that you 
were the one, I shall kill you and eat your body at once, especially this 
moment that I am badly hungry for meat," Lion roared again. 

"All right, if I were the one who had approved Ajantala's request 



AJANTALA, THE NOXIOUS GUEST 127 

to be with us, let this ground on which we stand now split, and then 
swallow me. But if I were not the one, let something bring Ajantala 
to us now to scatter all of us." 

Mr. Goat hardly finished this curse when Ajantala jumped out of 
the basket, and they could not even glance at him when they scattered 
to the different ways for fear. 

Mr. Lion escaped to the forest while Messrs. Goat and Ram escaped 
to the village, and then became domestic animals, from that day. 

And it was from that day they became the enemies of themselves. 
And that was the reason the lion is killing goat or ram whenever it 
sees one of both for the lie they had told against him in the past. 

Thus Ajantala separated the three brothers. 



The Bench 

RICHARD RIVE 

South Africa 



"We form an integral part of a complex society, a 
society in which a vast proportion of the population 
is denied the very basic right of existence, a society that condemns a 
man to an inferior position because he has the misfortune to be born 
black, a society that can only retain its precarious social and economic 
position at the expense of an enormous oppressed mass!" 

The speaker paused for a moment and sipped some water from a 
glass. Karlie's eyes shone as he listened. Those were great words, he 
thought, great words and true. Karlie sweated. The hot November 
sun beat down on the gathering. The trees on the Grand Parade in 
Johannesburg afforded very little shelter and his handkerchief was 
already soaked where he had placed it between his neck and his shirt 
collar. Karlie stared around him at the sea of faces. Every shade of 
color was represented, from shiny ebony to the one or two whites in 
the crowd. Karlie stared at the two detectives who were busily making 
shorthand notes of the speeches, then turned to stare back at the 
speaker. 

"It is up to us to challenge the right of any group who willfully and 
deliberately condemn a fellow group to a servile position. We must 
challenge the right of any people who see fit to segregate human beings 
solely on grounds of pigmentation. Your children are denied the rights 
which are theirs by birth. They are segregated educationally, socially, 
economically. . . ." 

Ah, thought Karlie, that man knows what he is speaking about. 
He says I am as good as any other man, even a white man. That needs 
much thinking. I wonder if he means I have the right to go to any 
bioscope, or eat in any restaurant, or that my children can go to a white 

128 



THE BENCH 129 

school. These are dangerous ideas and need much thinking. I wonder 
what Ou Klaas would say to this. Ou Klaas said that God made the 
white man and the black man separately, and the one must always be 
'baas' and the other 'Jong.' But this man says different things and 
somehow they ring true. 

Karlie's brow was knitted as he thought. On the platform were many 
speakers, both white and black, and they were behaving as if there 
were no differences of color among them. There was a white woman 
in a blue dress offering Nxeli a cigarette. That never could have hap- 
pened at Bietjiesvlei. Old Lategan at the store there would have fainted 
if his Annatjie had offered Witbooi a cigarette. And Annatjie wore 
no such pretty dress. 

These were new things and he, Karlie, had to be careful before he 
accepted them. But why shouldn't he accept them? He was not a colored 
man any more, he was a human being. The last speaker had said so. 
He remembered seeing pictures in the newspapers of people who 
defied laws which relegated them to a particular class, and those people 
were smiling as they went to prison. This was a queer world. 

The speaker continued and Karlie listened intently. He spoke slowly, 
and his speech was obviously carefully prepared. This is a great man, 
thought Karlie. 

The last speaker was the white lady in the blue dress, who asked 
them to challenge any discriminatory laws or measures in their own 
way. Why should she speak like that? She could go to the best bio- 
scopes and swim at the best beaches. Why she was even more beautiful 
than Annatjie Lategan. They had warned him in Bietjiesvlei about 
coming to the city. He had seen the skollies in District Six and he 
knew what to expect there. Hanover Street held no terrors for him. 
But no one had told him about this. This was new, this set one's mind 
thinking, yet he felt it was true. She had said one should challenge. 
He, Karlie, would astound old Lategan and Van Wyk at the Dairy 
Farm. They could do what they liked to him after that. He would 
smile like those people in the newspapers. 

The meeting was almost over when Karlie threaded his way through 
the crowd. The words of the speakers were still milling through his 
head. It could never happen in Bietjiesvlei. Or could it? The sudden 



130 STORIES 

screech of a car pulling to a stop whirled him back to his senses. 
A white head was thrust angrily through the window. 

"Look where you're going, you black bastard!" 

Karlie stared dazedly at him. Surely this white man never heard 
what the speakers had said. He could never have seen the white woman 
offering Nxeli a cigarette. He could never imagine the white lady 
shouting those words at him. It would be best to catch a train and 
think these things over. 

He saw the station in a new light. Here was a mass of human beings, 
black, white and some brown like himself. Here they mixed with one 
another, yet each mistrusted the other with an unnatural fear, each 
treated the other with suspicion, moved in a narrow, haunted pattern 
of its own. One must challenge these things the speaker had said . . . 
in one's own way. Yet how in one's own way? How was one to 
challenge? Suddenly it dawned upon him. Here was his challenge! 
The bench. The railway bench with "Europeans Only" neatly painted 
on it in white. For one moment it symbolized all the misery of the 
plural South African society. 

Here was his challenge to the rights of a man. Here it stood. A 
perfectly ordinary wooden railway bench, like hundreds of thousands 
of others in South Africa. His challenge. That bench now had concen- 
trated in it all the evils of a system he could not understand and he 
felt a victim of. It was the obstacle between himself and humanity. 
If he sat on it, he was a man. If he was afraid he denied himself 
membership as a human being in a human society. He almost had 
visions of righting this pernicious system, if he only sat down on that 
bench. Here was his chance. He, Karlie, would challenge. 

He seemed perfectly calm when he sat down on the bench, but 
inside his heart was thumping wildly. Two conflicting ideas now 
throbbed through him. The one said, "I have no right to sit on this 
bench." The other was the voice of a new religion and said, "Why 
have I no right to sit on this bench?" The one voice spoke of the past, 
of the servile position he had occupied on the farm, of his father, and 
his father's father who were born black, lived like blacks, and died like 
mules. The other voice spoke of new horizons and said: "Karlie, you 
are a man. You have dared what your father and your father's father 
would not have dared. You will die like a man." 



THE BENCH 131 

Karlie took out a cigarette and smoked. Nobody seemed to notice 
his sitting there. This was an anticlimax. The world still pursued its 
monotonous way. No voice had shouted, "Karlie has conquered 1" He 
was a normal human being sitting on a bench in a busy station, smok- 
ing a cigarette. Or was this his victory: the fact that he was a normal 
human being? A well-dressed white woman walked down the plat- 
form. Would she sit on the bench? Karlie wondered. And then that 
gnawing voice, "You should stand and let the white woman sit!" 
Karlie narrowed his eyes and gripped tighter at his cigarette. She 
swept past him without the slightest twitch of an eyelid and continued 
walking down the platform. Was she afraid to challenge to challenge 
his right to be a human being? Karlie now felt tired. A third conflict- 
ing idea was now creeping in, a compensatory idea which said, "You 
sit on this bench because you are tired; you are tired therefore you 
sit." He would not move because he was tired, or was it because he 
wanted to sit where he liked? 

People were now pouring out of a train that had pulled into the 
station. There were so many people pushing and jostling one another 
that nobody noticed him. This was his train. It would be easy to step 
into the train and ride off home, but that would be giving in, suffering 
defeat, refusing the challenge, in fact admitting that he was not a 
human being. He sat on. Lazily he blew the cigarette smoke into the 

air, thinking His mind was away from the meeting and the bench : 

he was thinking of Bietjiesvlei and Ou Klaas, how he had insisted 
that Karlie should come to Cape Town. Ou Klaas would suck on his 
pipe and look so quizzically at one. He was wise and knew much. 
He had said one must go to Cape Town and learn the ways of the 
world. He would spit and wink slyly when he spoke of District Six 
and the women he knew in Hanover Street. Ou Klaas knew every- 
thing. He said God made us white or black and we must therefore keep 
our places. 

"Get off this seat!" 

Karlie did not hear the gruff voice. Ou Klaas would be on the land 
now waiting for his tot of cheap wine. 

"I said get off the bench, you swine!!" Karlie suddenly whipped 
back to reality. For a moment he was going to jump up, then he 
remembered who he was and why he was sitting there. He suddenly 



132 STORIES 

felt very tired. He looked up slowly into a very red face that stared 
down at him. 

"Get up I" it said. "There are benches down there for you." 

Karlie looked up and said nothing. He stared into a pair of sharp, 
gray, cold eyes. 

"Can't you hear me speaking to you? You black swine 1" 

Slowly and deliberately Karlie puffed at the cigarette. This was his 
test. They both stared at each other, challenged with the eyes, like two 
boxers, each knowing that they must eventually trade blows yet each 
afraid to strike first. 

"Must I dirty my hands on scum like you?" 

Karlie said nothing. To speak would be to break the spell, the 
supremacy he felt was slowly gaining. 

An uneasy silence, then: "I will call a policeman rather than soil 
my hands on a Hotnot like you. You can't even open up your black 
jaw when a white man speaks to you." 

Karlie saw the weakness. The white man was afraid to take action 
himself. He, Karlie, had won the first round of the bench dispute. 

A crowd had now collected. 

"Afrikal" shouted a joker. 

Karlie ignored the remark. People were now milling around him, 
staring at the unusual sight of a black man sitting on a white man's 
bench. Karlie merely puffed on. 

"Look at the black ape. That's the worst of giving these Kaffirs 
enough rope." 

"I can't understand it. They have their own benches I" 

"Don't get up! You have every right to sit there!" 

"He'll get up when a policeman comes!" 

"After all why shouldn't they sit there?" 

"I've said before, I've had a native servant once, and a more imper- 
tinent . . ." 

Karlie sat and heard nothing. Irresolution had now turned to deter- 
mination. Under no condition was he going to get up. They could do 
what they liked. 

"So, this is the fellow, eh! Get up there! Can't you read?" 

The policeman was towering over him. Karlie could sec the crest 
on his buttons and the wrinkles in his neck. 



THE BENCH 133 

"What is your name and address I Come on!" 

Karlie still maintained his obstinate silence. It took the policeman 
rather unawares. The crowd was growing every minute. 

"You have no right to speak to this man in such a manner!" It was 
the white lady in the blue dress. 

"Mind your own business I I'll ask your help when I need it. It's 
people like you who make these Kaffirs think they're as good as white 
men. Get up, you!" The latter remark was addressed to Karlie. 

"I insist that you treat him with proper respect." 

The policeman turned red. 

"This . . . this . . ." He was lost for words. 

"Kick up the Hotnot if he won't get up!" shouted a spectator. Rudely 
a white man laid hands on Karlie. 

"Get up, you bloody bastard!" Karlie turned to resist, to cling to 
the bench, his bench. There was more than one man pulling at him. 
He hit out wildly and then felt a dull pain as somebody rammed a fist 
into his face. He was bleeding now and wild-eyed. He would fight for 
it. The constable clapped a pair of handcuffs on him and tried to clear 
a way through the crowd. Karlie still struggled. A blow or two landed 
on him. Suddenly he relaxed and slowly struggled to his feet. It was 
useless to fight any longer. Now it was his turn to smile. He had 
challenged and won. Who cared the rest? 

"Come on, you swine!" said the policeman forcing Karlie through 
the crowd. 

"Certainly!" said Karlie for the first time. And he stared at the 
policeman with all the arrogance of one who dared sit on a "European 
bench." 



Mista Courifer 

ADELAIDE CASELY-HAYFORD 

Sierra Leone 



Not a sound was heard in the coffin-maker's work- 
shop, that is to say no human sound. Mista Courifer, 
a solid citizen of Sierra Leone, was not given to much speech. His 
apprentices, knowing this, never dared address him unless he spoke 
first. Then they only carried on their conversation in whispers. Not 
that Mista Courifer did not know how to use his tongue. It was inces- 
santly wagging to and fro in his mouth at every blow of the hammer. 
But his shop in the heart of Freetown was a part of his house. And, 
as he had once confided to a friend, he was a silent member of his own 
household from necessity. His wife, given to much speaking, could 
outtalk him. 

"It's no use for argue wid woman," he said cautiously. "Just like 'e 
no use for teach woman carpentering; she nebba sabi for hit de nail 
on de head. If 'e argue, shell hit eberyting but de nail; and so wid de 
carpentering." 

So, around his wife, with the exception of his tongue's continual 
wagging like a pendulum, his mouth was kept more or less shut. But 
whatever self-control he exercised in this respect at home was com- 
pletely sent to the wind in his official capacity as the local preacher at 
chapel, for Mista Courifer was one of the pillars of the church, being 
equally at home in conducting a prayer meeting, superintending the 
Sunday school or occupying the pulpit. 

His voice was remarkable for its wonderful gradations of pitch. He 
would insist on starting most of his tunes himself; consequently they 
nearly always ended in a solo. If he happened to pitch in the bass, he 
descended into such a de profundis that his congregations were left to 
flounder in a higher key; if he started in the treble, he soared so high 

134 



MISTA COURIFER 135 

that the children stared at him openmouthed and their elders were lost 
in wonder and amazement. As for his prayers, he roared and volleyed 
and thundered to such an extent that poor little mites were quickly 
reduced to a state of collapse and started to whimper from sheer fright. 

But he was most at home in the pulpit. It is true, his labors were 
altogether confined to the outlying village districts of Regent, Glouces- 
ter and Leicester, an arrangement with which he was by no means 
satisfied. Still, a village congregation is better than none at all. 

His favorite themes were Jonah and Noah and he was forever point- 
ing out the great similarity between the two, generally finishing his 
discourse after this manner: "You see my beloved Brebren, den two 
man berry much alike. All two lived in a sinful and adulturous genera- 
tion. One get inside am ark; de odder one get inside a whale. Day 
bof seek a refuge fom de swelling waves. 

"And so it is today my beloved Brebren. No matter if we get inside 
a whale or get inside an ark, as long as we get inside some place of 
safety as long as we can find some refuge, some hiding place from 
de wiles ob de debil." 

But his congregation was by no means convinced. 

Mr. Courifer always wore black. He was one of the Sierra Leone 
gentlemen who consider everything European to be not only the right 
thing, but the only thing for the African, and having read somewhere 
that English undertakers generally appeared in somber attire, he imme- 
diately followed suit. 

He even went so far as to build a European house. During his short 
stay in England, he had noticed how the houses were built and fur- 
nished and had forthwith erected himself one after the approved 
pattern a house with stuffy little passages, narrow little staircases and 
poky rooms, all crammed with saddlebags and carpeted with Axmin- 
sters. No wonder his wife had to talk. It was so hopelessly uncomfort- 
able, stuffy and unsanitary. 

So Mr. Courifer wore black. It never struck him for a single moment 
that red would have been more appropriate, far more becoming, far 
less expensive and far more national. No! It must be black. He would 
have liked blue black, but he wore rusty black for economy. 

There was one subject upon which Mr. Courifer could talk even 
at home, so no one ever mentioned it: his son, Tomas. Mista Courifer 



136 STORIES 

had great expectations for his son; indeed in the back of his mind 
he had hopes of seeing him reach the high-water mark of red-tape 
officialism, for Tomas was in the government service. Not very high 
up, it is true, but still he was in it. It was an honor that impressed his 
father deeply, but Tomas unfortunately did not seem to think quite 
so much of it. The youth in question, however, was altogether neutral 
in his opinions in his father's presence. Although somewhat feminine 
as to attire, he was distinctly masculine in his speech. His neutrality 
was not a matter of choice, since no one was allowed to choose anything 
in the Courifer family but the paterfamilias himself. 

From start to finish, Tomas's career had been cut out, and in spite 
of the fact that nature had endowed him with a black skin and an 
African temperament, Tomas was to be an Englishman. He was even 
to be an Englishman in appearance. 

Consequently, once a year mysterious bundles arrived by parcel post. 
When opened, they revealed marvelous checks and plaids in vivid 
greens and blues after the fashion of a Liverpool counter jumper, 
waistcoats decorative in the extreme with their bold designs and rows 
of brass buttons, socks vying with the rainbow in glory and pumps 
very patent in appearance and very fragile as to texture. 

Now, Tomas was no longer a minor and he keenly resented having 
his clothes chosen for him like a boy going to school for the first time. 
Indeed on one occasion, had it not been for his sister's timely interfer- 
ence, he would have chucked the whole collection into the fire. 

Dear little Keren-happuch, eight years his junior and not at all 
attractive, with a very diminutive body and a very large heart. Such a 
mistake! People's hearts ought always to be in proportion to their size, 
otherwise it upsets the dimensions of the whole structure and often 
ends in its total collapse. 

Keren was that type of little individual whom nobody worshipped, 
consequently she understood the art of worshipping others to the full. 
Tomas was the object of her adoration. Upon him she lavished the 
whole store of her boundless wealth and whatever hurt Tomas became 
positive torture as far as Keren-happuch was concerned. 

"Tomas!" she said clinging to him with the tenacity of a bear, as 
she saw the faggots piled up high, ready for the conflagration, "Do 
yah! No burn am oh! Ole man go flog you oh! Den clos berry fine! 



MISTA COURIFER 137 

I like am myself too much. I wish" she added wistfully "me na boy; 
I wish I could use am." 

This was quite a new feature which had never struck Tomas before. 
Keren-happuch had never received a bundle of English clothes in her 
life, hence her great appreciation of them. 

At first Tomas only laughed the superior, daredevil, don't-care-a- 
damn-about-consequences laugh of the brave before the deed. But after 
hearing that wistful little sentence, he forgot his own annoyance and 
awoke to his responsibilities as an elder brother. 

A few Sundays later, Tomas Courifer, Jr., marched up the aisle of 
the little Wesleyan chapel in all his Liverpool magnificence accom- 
panied by a very elated little Keren-happuch whose natural unattrac- 
tiveness had been further accentuated by a vivid cerise costume a 
heterogeneous mass of frill and furbelows. But the glory of her array 
by no means outshone the brightness of her smile. Indeed that smile 
seemed to illuminate the whole church and to dispel the usual melan- 
choly preceding the recital of Jonah and his woes. 

Unfortunately, Tomas had a very poor opinion of the government 
service and in a burst of confidence he had told Keren that he meant 
to chuck it at the very first opportunity. In vain his sister expostulated 
and pointed out the advantages connected with it the honor, the 
pension and the awful nemesis upon the head of anyone incurring the 
head-of-the-family's ire. 

"Why you want leave am, Tomas?" she asked desperately. 

"Because I never get a proper holiday. I have been in the office four 
and a half years and have never had a whole week off yet. And," he 
went on vehemently, "these white chaps come and go, and a fresh one 
upsets what the old one has done and a newcomer upsets what he 
does and they all only stay for a year and a half and go away for four 
months, drawing big fat pay all the time, not to speak of passages, 
whereas a poor African like me has to work year in and year out with 
never a chance of a decent break. But you needn't be afraid, Keren 
dear," he added consolingly, "I shan't resign, I shall just behave so 
badly that they'll chuck me and then my ole man can't say very much." 

Accordingly when Tomas, puffing a cigarette, sauntered into the 
office at 9 a.m. instead of 8 a.m. for the fourth time that week, Mr. 
Buckmaster, who had hitherto maintained a discreet silence and kept 



138 STORIES 

his eyes shut, opened them wide and administered a sharp rebuke. 
Tomas's conscience was profoundly stirred. Mr. Buckmaster was one 
of the few white men for whom he had a deep respect, aye, in the 
depth of his heart, he really had a sneaking regard. It was for fear of 
offending him that he had remained so long at his post. 

But he had only lately heard that his chief was due for leave so he 
decided there and then to say a long good-by to a service which had 
treated him so shabbily. He was a vociferous reader of halfpenny 
newspapers and he knew that the humblest shop assistant in England 
was entitled to a fortnight's holiday every year. Therefore it was 
ridiculous to argue that because he was an African working in Africa 
there was no need for a holiday. All his applications for leave were 
quietly pigeonholed for a more convenient season. 

"Courifer!" Mr. Buckmaster said sternly. "Walk into my private 
office please." And Courifer knew that this was the beginning of the 
end. 

"I suppose you know that the office hours are from 8 a.m. till 4 p.m. 
daily," commenced Mr. Buckmaster, in a freezing tone. 

"Yes, er Sir!" stammered Courifer with his heart in his mouth and 
his mouth twisted up into a hard sailor's knot. 

"And I suppose you also know that smoking is strictly forbidden in 
the office?" 

"Yes, er er Sir!" stammered the youth. 

"Now hitherto," the even tones went on, "I have always looked upon 
you as an exemplary clerk, strictly obliging, punctual, accurate and 
honest, but for the last two or three weeks I have had nothing but 
complaints about you. And from what I myself have seen, I am afraid 
they are not altogether unmerited." 

Mr. Buckmaster rose as he spoke, took a bunch of keys out of his 
pocket and, unlocking his roll-top desk, drew out a sheaf of papers. 
"This is your work, is it not?" he said to the youth. 

"Yes, er er Sir!" he stuttered, looking shamefacedly at the dirty, 
ink-stained, blotched sheets of closely typewritten matter. 

"Then what in Heaven's name is the matter with you to produce 
such work?" 

Tomas remained silent for a moment or two. He summoned up 
courage to look boldly at the stern countenance of his chief. And as he 



MISTA COURIFER 139 

looked, the sternness seemed to melt away and he could see genuine 
concern there. 

"Please, er Sir!" he stammered, "May I er just tell you every- 
thing?" 

Half an hour later, a very quiet, subdued, penitent Tomas Courifer 
walked out of the office by a side door. Mr. Buckmaster followed later, 
taking with him an increased respect for the powers of endurance 
exercised by the growing West African youth. 

Six weeks later, Mista Courifer was busily occupied wagging his 
tongue when he looked up from his work to see a European man 
standing in his doorway. 

The undertaker found speech and a chair simultaneously. "Good 
afternoon, Sah!" he said, dusting the chair before offering it to his 
visitor. "I hope you don't want a coffin, Sah!" which was a deep-sea 
lie for nothing pleased him more than the opportunity of making a 
coffin for a European. He was always so sure of the money. Such 
handsome money paid it is true with a few ejaculations, but paid on 
the nail and without any deductions whatsoever. Now with his own 
people things were different. They demurred, they haggled, they bar- 
tered, they gave him detailed accounts of all their other expenses and 
then, after keeping him waiting for weeks, they would end by sending 
him half the amount with a stern exhortation to be thankful for that. 

Mr. Buckmaster took the proffered chair and answered pleasantly: 
"No thank you, I don't intend dying just yet. I happened to be passing 
so I thought I should just like a word with you about your son." 

Mr. Courifer bristled all over with exultation and expectation. Per- 
haps they were going to make his son a kind of undersecretary of state. 
What an unexpected honor for the Courifer family. What a rise in 
their social status; what a rise out of their neighbors. How good God 
was I 

"Of course you know he is in my office?" 

"Oh yes, Sah. He often speaks about you." 

"Well, I am going home very soon and as I may not be returning 
to Sierra Leone, I just wanted to tell you how pleased I should be at 
any time to give him a decent testimonial." 

Mr. Courifer 's countenance fell. What a comedown I 

"Yes, Sah," he answered somewhat dubiously. 



140 STORIES 

"I can recommend him highly as being steady, persevering, reliable 
and trustworthy. And you can always apply to me if ever such a thing 
be necessary." 

Was that all! What a disappointment! Still it was something worth 
having. Mr. Buckmaster was an Englishman and a testimonial from 
him would certainly be a very valuable possession. He rubbed his 
hands together as he said: "Well I am berry much obliged to you, Sah, 
berry much obliged. And as time is short and we nebba know what a 
day may bring forth, would you mind writing one down now, Sah?" 

"Certainly. If you will give me a sheet of paper, I shall do so at 
once." 

Before Tomas returned home from his evening work, the testimonial 
was already framed and hanging up amidst the moth-eaten velvet of 
the drawing room. 

On the following Monday morning, Courifer Jr. bounced into his 
father's workshop, upsetting the equilibrium of the carpenter's bench 
and also of the voiceless apprentices hard at work. 

"Well, Sah?" ejaculated his father, surveying him in disgust. "You 
berry late. Why you no go office dis morning?" 

"Because I've got a whole two months' holiday, Sir! Just think of 
it two whole months with nothing to do but just enjoy myself!" 

"Tomas," his father said solemnly, peering at him over his glasses, 
"you must larn for make coffins. You get fine chance now." 

Sotto voce: "I'll be damned if I will!" Aloud: "No thank you, Sir. 
I am going to learn how to make love, after which I am going to learn 
how to build myself a nice mud hut." 

"And who dis gal you want married?" thundered his father, ignoring 
the latter part of the sentence altogether. 

A broad smile illuminated Tomas's countenance. "She is a very nice 
girl, Sir, a very nice girl. Very quiet and gentle and sweet, and she 
doesn't talk too much." 

"I see. Is dat all?" 

"Oh, no. She can sew and clean and make a nice little home. And 
she has plenty sense; she will make a good mother." 

"Yes, netting pass dat!" 

"She has been to school for a long time. She reads nice books and 



MISTA COURIFER 141 

she writes, oh, such a nice letter," said Tomas, patting his breast- 
pocket affectionately. 

"I see. I suppose she sabi cook good fashion?" 

"I don't know, I don't think so, and it doesn't matter very much." 

"What!" roared the old man; "You mean tell me you want married 
woman who no sabi cook?" 

"I want to marry her because I love her, Sir I" 

"Dat's all right, but for we country, de heart and de stomach always 
go togedder. For we country, black man no want married woman who 
no sabi cook! Dat de berry first requisitional. You own mudder sabi 
cook." 

That's the reason why she has been nothing but your miserable 
drudge all these years, thought the young man. His face was very grave 
as he rejoined: "The style in our country is not at all nice, Sir. I don't 
like to see a wife slaving away in the kitchen all times to make good 
chop for her husband who sits down alone and eats the best of every- 
thing himself, and she and the children only get the leavings. No 
thank you! And besides, Sir, you are always telling me that you want 
me to be an Englishman. That is why I always try to talk good English 
to you." 

"Yes, dat's all right. Dat's berry good. But I want make you loo\ 
like Englishman. I don't say you must copy all der different way!" 

"Well, Sir, if I try till I die, I shall never look like an Englishman, 
and I don't know that I want to. But there are some English customs 
that I like very much indeed. I like the way white men treat their 
wives; I like their home life; I like to see mother and father and the 
little family all sitting down eating their meals together." 

"I see," retorted his father sarcastically. "And who go cook den 
meal. You tink say wid your four pound a month, you go able hire 
a perfessional cook?" 

"Oh, I don't say so, Sir. And I am sure if Accastasia does not know 
how to cook now, she will before we are married. But what I want 
you to understand is just this, that whether she is able to cook or not, 
I shall marry her just the same." 

"Berry well," shouted his father, wrath delineated in every feature, 
"but instead of building one mud hut you better go one time build one 
madhouse." 



142 STORIES 

"Sir, thank you. But I know what I am about and a mud hut will 
suit us perfectly for the present." 

"A mud hut!" ejaculated his father in horror. "You done use fine 
England house wid staircase and balustrade and tick carpet and hand- 
some furnitures. You want to go live in mud hut? You ungrateful boy, 
you shame me, oh!" 

"Dear me, no, Sir. I won't shame you. It's going to be a nice clean 
spacious mud hut. And what is more, it is going to be a sweet little 
home, just big enough for two. I am going to distemper the walls 
pale green, like at the principal's rooms at Keren's school." 

"How you sabi den woman's rooms?" 

"Because you have sent me two or three times to pay her school 
fees, so I have looked at those walls and I like them too much." 

"I see. And what else you go do?" asked his father ironically. 

"I am going to order some nice wicker chairs from the Islands and 
a few good pieces of linoleum for the floors and then " 

"And den what?" 

"I shall bring home my bride." 

Mr. Courifer's dejection grew deeper with each moment. A mud 
hut! This son of his the hope of his life! A government officer! 
A would-be Englishman! To live in a mud hut! His disgust knew no 
bounds. "You ungrateful wretch!" he bellowed; "You go disgrace me. 
You go lower your pore father. You go lower your position for de 
office." 

"I am sorry, Sir," retorted the young man. "I don't wish to offend 
you. I'm grateful for all you have done for me. But I have had a raise 
in salary and I want a home of my own which, after all, is only 
natural, and" he went on steadily, staring his father straight in the 
face -"I may as well tell you at once, you need not order any more 
Liverpool suits for me." 

"Why not?" thundered his irate parent, removing his specs lest any 
harm should befall them. 

"Well, I am sorry to grieve you, Sir, but I have been trying to live 
up to your European standards all this time. Now I am going to chuck 
it once and for all. I am going back to the native costume of my 
mother's people, and the next time I appear in chapel it will be as a 
Wolof." 



MISTA COURIFER 143 

The very next Sunday the awful shock of seeing his son walk up 
the aisle of the church in pantaloons and the bright loose over jacket 
of a Wolof from Gambia, escorting a pretty young bride the color of 
chocolate, also in native dress, so unnerved Mista Courifer that his 
mind suddenly became a complete blank. He could not even remember 
Jonah and the whale, nor could his tongue possess one word to let fly, 
not one. The service had to be turned into a prayer meeting. 

Mista Courifer is the local preacher no longer. Now he only makes 
coffins. 



As the Night, the Day 

ABIOSEH NICOL 

Sierra Leone 



Kojo and Bandele walked slowly across the hot green 
lawn, holding their science manuals with moist fin- 
gers. In the distance they could hear the junior school collecting in the 
hall of the main school building, for singing practice. Nearer, but still 
farther enough, their classmates were strolling toward them. The two 
reached the science block and entered it. It was a low building set 
apart from the rest of the high school which sprawled on the hillside 
of the African savanna. The laboratory was a longish room and at one 
end they saw Basu, another boy, looking out of the window, his back 
turned to them. Mr. Abu, the ferocious laboratory attendant, was not 
about. The rows of multicolored bottles looked inviting. A Bunsen 
burner soughed loudly in the heavy weary heat. Where the tip of the 
light blue triangle of flame ended, a shimmering plastic transparency 
started. One could see the restless hot air moving in the minute tor- 
nado. The two African boys watched it, interestedly, holding hands. 

"They say it is hotter inside the flame than on its surface," Kojo said, 
doubtfully. "I wonder how they know?" 

"I think you mean the opposite; let's try it ourselves," Bandele 
answered. 

"How?" 

"Let's take the temperature inside." 

"All right, here is a thermometer. You do it." 

"It says ninety degrees now. I shall take the temperature of the outer 
flame first, then you can take the inner yellow one." 

Bandele held the thermometer gently forward to the flame and 
Kojo craned to see. The thin thread of quicksilver shot upward within 
the stem of the instrument with swift malevolence and there was a 

144 



AS THE NIGHT, THE DAY 145 

slight crack. The stem had broken. On the bench the small bulbous 
drops of mercury which had spilled from it shivered with glinting, 
playful malice and shuddered down to the cement floor, dashing them- 
selves into a thousand shining pieces, some of which coalesced again 
and shook gaily as if with silent laughter. 

"Oh my God!" whispered Kojo hoarsely. 

"Shut up!" Bandele said, imperiously in a low voice. 

Bandele swept the few drops on the bench into his cupped hand and 
threw the blob of mercury down the sink. He swept those on the 
floor under an adjoining cupboard with his bare feet. Then, picking 
up the broken halves of the thermometer, he tiptoed to the waste bin 
and dropped them in. He tiptoed back to Kojo, who was standing 
petrified by the blackboard. 

"See no evil, hear no evil, speak no evil," he whispered to Kojo. 

It all took place in a few seconds. Then the rest of the class started 
pouring in, chattering and pushing each other. Basu, who had been 
at the end of the room with his back turned to them all the time, now 
turned round and limped laboriously across to join the class, his eyes 
screwed up as they always were. 

The class ranged itself loosely in a semicircle around the demonstra- 
tion platform. They were dressed in the school uniform of white shirt 
and khaki shorts. Their official age was around sixteen although, in 
fact, it ranged from Kojo's fifteen years to one or two boys of twenty- 
one. 

Mr. Abu, the laboratory attendant, came in from the adjoining store 
and briskly cleaned the blackboard. He was a retired African sergeant 
from the Army Medical Corps and was feared by the boys. If he caught 
any of them in any petty thieving, he offered them the choice of a hard 
smack on the bottom or of being reported to the science masters. Most 
boys chose the former as they knew the matter would end there with 
no protracted interviews, moral recrimination, and an entry in the 
conduct book. 

The science master stepped in and stood on his small platform. 
A tall, thin, dignified Negro with graying hair and silver-rimmed 
spectacles badly fitting on his broad nose and always slipping down, 
making him look avuncular. "Vernier" was his nickname as he 
insisted on exact measurement and exact speech "as fine as a vernier 



146 STORIES 

scale," he would say, which measured, of course, things in thousandths 
of a millimeter. Vernier set the experiments for the day and demon- 
strated them, then retired behind the Church Times which he read 
seriously in between walking quickly down the aisles of lab benches 
advising boys. It was a simple heat experiment to show that a dark 
surface gave out more heat by radiation than a bright surface. 

During the class, Vernier was called away to the telephone and Abu 
was not about, having retired to the lavatory for a smoke. As soon 
as a posted sentinel announced that he was out of sight, minor pan- 
demonium broke out. Some of the boys raided the store. The wealthier 
ones swiped rubber tubing to make catapults and to repair bicycles, 
and helped themselves to chemicals for developing photographic films. 
The poorer boys were in deadlier earnest and took only things of strict 
commercial interest which could be sold easily in the market. They 
emptied stuff into bottles in their pockets. Soda for making soap, 
magnesium sulfate for opening-medicine, salt for cooking, liquid paraf- 
fin for women's hairdressing, and fine yellow iodoform powder much 
in demand for sprinkling on sores. 

Kojo protested mildly against all this. "Oh, shut up!" a few boys 
said. Sorie, a huge boy who always wore a fez indoors and who, rumor 
said, had already fathered a child, commanded respect and some lead- 
ership in the class. He was sipping his favorite mixture of dilute 
alcohol and bicarbonate which he called "gin and fizz"- from a 
beaker. "Look here, Kojo, you are getting out of hand. What do you 
think our parents pay taxes and school fees for? For us to enjoy 
or to buy a new car every year for Simpson?" The other boys laughed. 
Simpson was the European headmaster, feared by the small boys, 
adored by the boys in the middle school, and liked, in a critical fashion, 
with reservations, by some of the senior boys and African masters. 
He had a passion for new motorcars, buying one yearly. 

"Come to think of it," Sorie continued to Kojo, "you must take 
something yourself, then we'll know we are safe." "Yes, you must," 
the other boys insisted. Kojo gave in and, unwillingly, took a little 
nitrate for some gunpowder experiments which he was carrying out at 
home. 

"Someone!" the lookout called. 

The boys dispersed in a moment. Sorie swilled out his mouth at 



AS THE NIGHT, THE DAY 147 

the sink with some water. Mr. Abu, the lab attendant, entered and 
observed the innocent collective expression of the class. He glared 
round suspiciously and sniffed the air. It was a physics experiment, 
but the place smelled chemical. However, Vernier came in then. After 
asking if anyone was in difficulties, and finding that no one could 
momentarily think up anything, he retired to his chair and settled 
down to an article on Christian reunion, adjusting his spectacles and 
thoughtfully sucking an empty tooth-socket. 

Towards the end of the period, the class collected around Vernier 
and gave in their results, which were then discussed. One of the more 
political boys asked Vernier if dark surfaces gave out more heat, was 
that why they all had black faces in West Africa. A few boys giggled. 
Basu looked down and tapped his clubfoot embarrassedly on the floor. 
Vernier was used to questions of this sort from the senior boys. He 
never committed himself as he was getting near retirement and his 
pension, and became more guarded each year. He sometimes even 
feared that Simpson had spies among the boys. 

"That may be so, although the opposite might be more convenient." 

Everything in science had a loophole, the boys thought, and said so 
to Vernier. 

"Ah! that is what is called research," he replied, enigmatically. 

Sorie asked a question. Last time, they had been shown that an 
electric spark with hydrogen and oxygen atoms formed water. Why 
was not this method used to provide water in town at the height of 
the dry season when there was an acute water shortage? 

"It would be too expensive," Vernier replied, shortly. He disliked 
Sorie, not because of his different religion, but because he thought that 
Sorie was a bad influence and also asked ridiculous questions. 

Sorie persisted. There was plenty of water during the rainy season. 
It could be split by lightning to hydrogen and oxygen in October and 
the gases compressed and stored, then changed back to water in March 
during the shortage. There was a faint ripple of applause from Sorie's 
admirers. 

"It is an impracticable idea," Vernier snapped. 

The class dispersed and started walking back across the hot grass. 
Kojo and Bandele heaved sighs of relief and joined Sorie's crowd, 
which was always the largest. 



148 STORIES 

"Science is a bit of a swindle," Sorie was saying. "I do not for a 
moment think that Vernier believes any of it himself," he continued. 
"Because if he does, why is he always reading religious books?" 

"Come back, all of you, come back!" Mr. Abu's stentorian voice rang 
out, across to them. 

They wavered and stopped. Kojo kept walking on in a blind panic. 
"Stop," Bandele hissed across. "You fool." He stopped, turned and 
joined the returning crowd, closely followed by Bandele. Abu joined 
Vernier on the platform. The loose semicircle of boys faced them. 

"Mr. Abu has just found this in the waste bin," Vernier announced, 
gray with anger. He held up the two broken halves of the thermom- 
eter. "It must be due to someone from this class as the number of 
thermometers was checked before being put out." 

A little wind gusted in through the window and blew the silence 
heavily this way and that. 

"Who?" 

No one answered. Vernier looked round and waited. 

"Since no one has owned up, I am afraid I shall have to detain you 
for an hour after school as punishment," said Vernier. 

There was a murmur of dismay and anger. An important soccer 
house-match was scheduled for that afternoon. Some boys put their 
hands up and said that they had to play in the match. 

"I don't care," Vernier shouted. He felt, in any case, that too much 
time was devoted to games and not enough to work. 

He left Mr. Abu in charge and went off to fetch his things from the 
main building. 

"We shall play 'Bible and Key,' " Abu announced as soon as Vernier 
had left. Kojo had been afraid of this and new beads of perspiration 
sprang from his troubled brow. All the boys knew the details. It was 
a method of finding out a culprit by divination. A large doorkey was 
placed between the leaves of a Bible at the New Testament passage 
where Ananias and Sapphira were struck dead before the Apostles for 
lying, and the Bible suspended by two bits of string tied to both ends 
of the key. The combination was held up by someone and the names 
of all present were called out in turn. When that of the sinner was 
called, the Bible was expected to turn round and round violently and 
fall. 



AS THE NIGHT, THE DAY 149 

Now Abu asked for a Bible. Someone produced a copy. He opened 
the first page and then shook his head and handed it back. "This won't 
do," he said, "it's a Revised Version; only the genuine Word of God 
will give us the answer." 

An Authorized King James Version was then produced and he was 
satisfied. Soon he had the contraption fixed up. He looked round the 
semicircle from Sorie at one end, through the others, to Bandele, Basu, 
and Kojo at the other, near the door. 

"You seem to have an honest face," he said to Kojo, "Come and 
hold it." Kojo took the ends of the string gingerly with both hands, 
trembling slightly. 

Abu moved over to the low window and stood at attention, his sharp 
profile outlined against the red hibiscus flowers, the green trees, and 
the molten sky. The boys watched anxiously. A black-bodied lizard 
scurried up a wall and started nodding its pink head with grave 
impartiality. 

Abu fixed his aging bloodshot eyes on the suspended Bible. He 
spoke hoarsely and slowly: 

"Oh Bible, Bible, on a key, 
Kindly tell it unto me, 
By swinging slowly round and true, 
To whom this sinful act is due " 

He turned to the boys and barked out their names in a parade- 
ground voice beginning with Sorie and working his way round, look- 
ing at the Bible after each name. 

To Kojo, trembling and shivering as if ice-cold water had been 
thrown over him, it seemed as if he had lost all power and that some 
gigantic being stood behind him holding up his tired aching elbows. 
It seemed to him as if the key and Bible had taken on a life of their 
own, and he watched with fascination the whole combination moving 
slowly, jerkily, and rhythmically in short arcs as if it had acquired a 
heart-beat. 

"Ayo Sogbenri, Sonnir Kargbo, Oji Ndebu." Abu was coming to 
the end now. "Tommy Longe, Ajayi Cole, Bandele Fagb . . ." 

Kojo dropped the Bible. "I am tired," he said, in a small scream. 
"I am tired." 



150 STORIES 

"Yes, he is," Abu agreed, "but we arc almost finished; only Bandele 
and Basu are left." 

"Pick up that book, Kojo, and hold it up again." Bandele's voice 
whipped through the air with cold fury. It sobered Kojo and he picked 
it up. 

"Will you continue please with my name, Mr. Abu?" Bandele asked, 
turning to the window. 

"Go back to your place quickly, Kojo," Abu said. "Vernier is coming. 
He might be vexed. He is a strongly religious man and so does not 
believe in the Bible-and-key ceremony." 

Kojo slipped back with sick relief, just before Vernier entered. 

In the distance the rest of the school were assembling for closing 
prayers. The class sat and stood around the blackboard and demon- 
stration bench in attitudes of exasperation, resignation, and self-right- 
eous indignation. Kojo's heart was beating so loudly that he was 
surprised no one else heard it. 

"Once to every man and nation 
Comes the moment to decide . . ." 

The closing hymn floated across to them, interrupting the still after- 
noon. 

Kojo got up. He felt now that he must speak the truth or life would 
be intolerable ever afterwards. Bandele got up swiftly before him. In 
fact, several things seemed to happen all at the same time. The rest of 
the class stirred. Vernier looked up from a book review which he had 
started reading. A butterfly, with black and gold wings, flew in and 
sat on the edge of the blackboard, flapping its wings quietly and 
waiting too. 

"Basu was here first before any of the class," Bandele said firmly. 

Everyone turned to Basu, who cleared his throat. 

"I was just going to say so myself, Sir," Basu replied to Vernier's 
enquiring glance. 

"Pity you had not thought of it before," Vernier said, drily. "What 
were you doing here?" 

"I missed the previous class, so I came straight to the lab and waited. 
I was over there by the window trying to look at the blue sky. I did 
not break the thermometer, Sir." 



AS THE NIGHT, THE DAY 151 

A few boys tittered. Some looked away. The others muttered. Basil's 
breath always smelt of onions, but although he could play no games, 
some boys liked him and were kind to him in a tolerant way. 

"Well, if you did not, someone did. We shall continue with the 
detention." 

Vernier noticed Abu standing by. "You need not stay, Mr. Abu," 
he said to him. "I shall close up. In fact, come with me now and I 
shall let you out through the back gate." 

He went out with Abu. 

When he had left, Sorie turned to Basu and asked mildly: 

"You are sure you did not break it?" 

"No, I didn't." 

"He did it," someone shouted. 

"But what about the Bible and key?" Basu protested. "It did not 
finish. Look at him." He pointed to Bandele. 

"I was quite willing for it to go on," said Bandele. "You were the 
only one left." 

Someone threw a book at Basu and said, "Confess!" 

Basu backed on to a wall. "To God, I shall call the police if anyone 
strikes me," he cried fiercely. 

"He thinks he can buy the police," a voice called. 

"That proves it," someone shouted from the back. 

"Yes, he must have done it," the others said, and they started throw- 
ing books at Basu. Sorie waved his arm for them to stop, but they did 
not. Books, corks, boxes of matches rained on Basu. He bent his head 
and shielded his face with his bent arm. 

"I did not do it, I swear I did not do it. Stop it, you fellows," he 
moaned over and over again. A small cut had appeared on his temple 
and he was bleeding. Kojo sat quietly for a while. Then a curious hum 
started to pass through him, and his hands began to tremble, his 
armpits to feel curiously wetter. He turned round and picked up a 
book and flung it with desperate force at Basu, and then another. He 
felt somehow that there was an awful swelling of guilt which he could 
only shed by punishing himself through hurting someone. Anger and 
rage against everything different seized him, because if everything and 
everyone had been the same, somehow he felt nothing would have been 
wrong and they would all have been happy. He was carried away now 



152 STORIES 

by a torrent which swirled and pounded. He felt that somehow Basu 
was in the wrong, must be in the wrong, and if he hurt him hard 
enough h.e would convince the others and therefore himself that he 
had not broken the thermometer and that he had never done anything 
wrong. He groped for something bulky enough to throw, and picked 
up the Bible. 

"Stop it," Vernier shouted through the open doorway. "Stop it, you 
hooligans, you beasts." 

They all became quiet and shamefacedly put down what they were 
going to throw. Basu was crying quietly and hopelessly, his thin body 
shaking. 

"Go home, all of you, go home. I am ashamed of you." His black 
face shone with anger. "You are an utter disgrace to your nation and 
to your race." 

They crept away, quietly, uneasily, avoiding each other's eyes, like 
people caught in secret passion. 

Vernier went to the first-aid cupboard and started dressing Basu's 
wounds. 

Kojo and Bandele came back and hid behind the door, listening. 
Bandele insisted that they should. 

Vernier put Basu's bandaged head against his waistcoat and dried 
the boy's tears with his handkerchief, gently patting his shaking 
shoulders. 

"It wouldn't have been so bad if I had done it, Sir," he mumbled, 
snuggling his head against Vernier, "but I did not do it. I swear to 
God I did not." 

"Hush, hush," said Vernier comfortingly. 

"Now they will hate me even more," he moaned. 

"Hush, hush." 

"I don't mind the wounds so much, they will heal." 

"Hush, hush." 

"They've missed the football match and now they will never talk to 
me again, oh-ee, oh-ee, why have I been so punished?" 

"As you grow older," Vernier advised, "you must learn that men 
are punished not always for what they do, but often for what people 
think they will do, or for what they are. Remember that and you will 
find it easier to forgive them. 'To thine own self be true!'" Vernier 



AS THE NIGHT, THE DAY 153 

ended with a flourish, holding up his clenched fist in a mock dramatic 
gesture, quoting from the Shakespeare examination set-book for the 
year and declaiming to the dripping taps and empty benches and still 
afternoon, to make Basu laugh. 

Basu dried his eyes and smiled wanly and replied: "'And it shall 
follow as the night the day/ Hamlet, Act One, Scene Three, Polonius to 
Laertes." 

"There's a good chap. First class, Grade One. I shall give you a lift 
home." 

Kojo and Bandele walked down the red later ite road together, Kojo 
dispiritedly kicking stones into the gutter. 

"The fuss they made over a silly old thermometer," Bandele began. 

"I don't know, old man, I don't know," Kojo said impatiently. 

They had both been shaken by the scene in the empty lab. A thin 
invisible wall of hostility and mistrust was slowly rising between them. 

"Basu did not do it, of course," Bandele said. 

Kojo stopped dead in his tracks. "Of course he did not do it," he 
shouted, "we did it." 

"No need to shout, old man. After all, it was your idea." 

"It wasn't," Kojo said furiously. "You suggested we try it." 

"Well, you started the argument. Don't be childish." They tramped 
on silently, raising small clouds of dust with their bare feet. 

"I should not take it too much to heart," Bandele continued. "That 
chap Basu's father hoards foodstuff like rice and palm oil until there 
is a shortage and then sells them at high prices. The police are watching 
him." 

"What has that got to do with it?" Kojo asked. 

"Don't you see, Basu might quite easily have broken that thermom- 
eter. I bet he has done things before that we have all been punished 
for." Bandele was emphatic. 

They walked on steadily down the main road of the town, past the 
Syrian and Lebanese shops crammed with knickknacks and rolls of 
cloth, past a large Indian shop with dull red carpets and brass trays 
displayed in its windows, carefully stepping aside in the narrow road 
as the British officials sped by in cars to their hill-station bungalows for 
lunch and siesta. 



154 STORIES 

Kojo reached home at last. He washed his feet and ate his main 
meal for the day. He sat about heavily and restlessly for some hours. 
Night soon fell with its usual swiftness, at six, and he finished his 
homework early and went to bed. 

Lying in bed he rehearsed again what he was determined to do the 
next day. He would go up to Vernier: 

"Sir," he would begin, "I wish to speak with you privately." 

"Can it wait?" Vernier would ask. 

"No, Sir," he would say firmly, "as a matter of fact it is rather 
urgent." 

Vernier would take him to an empty classroom and say, "What is 
troubling you, Kojo Ananse?" 

"I wish to make a confession, Sir. I broke the thermometer yester- 
day." He had decided he would not name Bandele; it was up to the 
latter to decide whether he would lead a pure life. 

Vernier would adjust his slipping glasses up his nose and think. 
Then he would say: 

"This is a serious matter, Kojo. You realize you should have con- 
fessed yesterday." 

"Yes, Sir, I am very sorry." 

"You have done great harm, but better late than never. You will, of 
course, apologize in front of the class and particularly to Basu who has 
shown himself a finer chap than all of you." 

"I shall do so, Sir." 

"Why have you come to me now to apologize? Were you hoping 
that I would simply forgive you?" 

"I was hoping you would, Sir. I was hoping you would show your 
forgiveness by beating me." 

Vernier would pull his glasses up his nose again. He would move 
his tongue inside his mouth reflectively. "I think you are right. Do 
you feel you deserve six strokes or nine?" 

"Nine, Sir." 

"Bend over!" 

Kojo had decided he would not cry because he was almost a man. 

Whack! Whack!! 

Lying in bed in the dark thinking about it all as it would happen 



AS THE NIGHT, THE DAY 155 

tomorrow, he clenched his teeth and tensed his buttocks in imaginary 
pain. 

Whack! Whack!! Whack!!! 

Suddenly, in his little room, under his thin cotton sheet, he began to 
cry. Because he felt the sharp lancing pain already cutting into him. 
Because of Basu and Simpson and the thermometer. For all the things 
he wanted to do and be which would never happen. For all the good 
men they had told them about, Jesus Christ, Mohammed, and George 
Washington who never told a lie. For Florence Nightingale and David 
Livingstone. For Kagawa, the Japanese man, for Gandhi, and for 
Kwegyir Aggrey, the African. Oh-ee, oh-ee. Because he knew he would 
never be as straight and strong and true as the school song said they 
should be. He saw, for the first time, what this thing would be like, 
becoming a man. He touched the edge of an inconsolable eternal grief. 
Oh-ee, oh-ee; always, he felt, always I shall be a disgrace to the nation 
and the race. 

His mother passed by his bedroom door slowly dragging her slip- 
pered feet as she always did. He pushed his face into his wet pillow 
to stifle his sobs, but she had heard him. She came in and switched on 
the light. 

"What is the matter with you, my son?" 

He pushed his face further into his pillow. 

"Nothing," he said, muffled and choking. 

"You have been looking like a sick fowl all afternoon," she continued. 

She advanced and put the back of her moist cool fingers against the 
side of his neck. 

"You have got fever," she exclaimed. "I'll get something from the 
kitchen." 

When she had gone out, Kojo dried his tears and turned the dry 
side of the pillow up. His mother reappeared with a thermometer in 
one hand and some quinine mixture in the other. 

"Oh, take it away, take it away," he shouted, pointing to her right 
hand and shutting his eyes tightly. 

"All right, all right," she said, slipping the thermometer into her 
bosom. 

He is a queer boy, she thought, with pride and a little fear as she 
watched him drink the clear bitter fluid. 



156 STORIES 

She then stood by him and held his head against her broad thigh as 
he sat up on the low bed, and she stroked his face. She knew he had 
been crying but did not ask him why, because she was sure he would 
not tell her. She knew he was learning, first slowly and now quickly, 
and she would soon cease to be his mother and be only one of the 
womenfolk in the family. Such a short time, she thought, when they 
are really yours and tell you everything. She sighed and slowly cased 
his sleeping head down gently. 

The next day Kojo got to school early, and set to things briskly. He 
told Bandele that he was going to confess but would not name him. 
He half hoped he would join him. But Bandele had said, threateningly, 
that he had better not mention his name, let him go and be a Boy 
Scout on his own. The sneer strengthened him and he went off to the 
lab. He met Mr. Abu and asked for Vernier. Abu said Vernier was 
busy and what was the matter, anyhow. 

"I broke the thermometer yesterday," Kojo said in a businesslike 
manner. 

Abu put down the glassware he was carrying. 

"Well, I never!" he said. "What do you think you will gain by 
this?" 

"I broke it," Kojo repeated. 

"Basu broke it," Abu said impatiently. "Sorie got him to confess and 
Basu himself came here this morning and told the science master and 
myself that he knew now that he had knocked the thermometer over 
by mistake when he came in early yesterday afternoon. He had not 
turned round to look, but he had definitely heard a tinkle as he walked 
by. Someone must have picked it up and put it in the waste bin. The 
whole matter is settled, the palaver finished." 

He tapped a barometer on the wall and, squinting, read the pressure. 
He turned again to Kojo. 

"I should normally have expected him to say so yesterday and save 
you boys missing the game. But there you are," he added, shrugging 
and trying to look reasonable, "you cannot hope for too much from a 
Syrian boy " 



Law of the Grazing Fields 

CYPRIAN EKWENSI 

Nigeria 



This is the law of the wandering cattlemen of the 

savanna : that a man may elope with the woman of his 

choice, maiden or matron, wife or spinster. But woe betide him if he 

is caught on the run. Yet all is well if he can but get his beloved home 

without being caught. 

On the evening of our story a brother and sister were quarreling. 
Modio, the brother, had just pushed Amina, the sister, violently. 

"Kai!" Amina shouted, springing deftly backward, "Take your hands 
off me." Her lips were parted, but not in a smile, and her full breasts 
heaved so that the necklaces of silver and fruit seemed to come to life. 
Amina just managed to retain her balance by clutching at the wall of 
the grass hut. "Don't you dare touch me again!" 

"By Allah," Modio raged, "I'll teach you some sense." 

She glared at him. He was crouching before her, his hands curved 
like the claws of a hawk about to strike, his muscles tense. "You'll go 
nowhere!" 

"You lie!" she cried. "This night I will be with Yalla. He's the 
husband I've chosen." 

"What of Jama, the husband our father chose for you? What of the 
cattle Jama's been paying?" 

"That is your affair," she said. "Did you Oh, let me go, you devil. 
Are you mad?" 

She felt the stroke of his rough hand across her mouth. His arm 
tightened about her waist and she was struggling as he carried her 
out to his own hut. With his bare foot he kicked open the door; dust 
rose in a cloud. He thrust her in. She fell forward on her face in the 
dust and lay there, her body heaving with sobs. Amina was young and 

157 



158 STORIES 

in the fullness of her bloom. Her long hair, unplaited, fell over her 
back and lay buried in the dust. Tears mingled with the red cream 
she had painted on her cheeks. 

"You wretch," she heard her brother say from the other side of the 
door. He was fastening the door and presently she heard him stamp 
away, cursing her. 

She let the tears flow freely as if tears alone could heal the ache in 
her heart, the desire for the man she had chosen. But there must be 
hope, she thought. No one, nothing could shut her away from Yalla 
forever. She must go to him, she must. 

Hatred burned within her breast. Was it her fault that she did not 
like Jama? Her father had accepted the cattle first and told her about 
him later. He turned out to be a weak-kneed, effeminate man. A man 
who could not weave mats or take the cattle out to graze. A coward 
who had wept and begged as they flogged him at the sharro. He had 
taken his flogging, it was true, but he had not taken it like a man and 
it would be humiliating to marry him. Her father might give her away 
to Jama, but he would not be present when the other maidens would 
taunt her with having married a coward: "And how's your husband? 
The one who stays in bed till sunrise, who must not be soaked by the 
rain? Ha, ha! A husband, indeed!" 

The mistake had been Yalla's, for he had not honored the arrange- 
ment in full. It had been a simple arrangement. She and Yalla were 
to escape from the camp before Jama brought the bulls that were the 
final installment of the bride-price. Yalla was to have come to the hut 
at the hour when the hyenas begin to howl over the grazing fields. He 
was to screech in the manner peculiar to the gray hawk that steals 
chickens and she would then know that he was waiting for her under 
the dorowa tree. 

She had waited for Yalla's screech. In the early hours of the evening 
before the hyenas slunk out of the rocks, she had thought about her 
man tall, wide-shouldered, with a copper ring in his plaited hair, a 
man who could break a stubborn bull or calm the wildest pony in her 
father's stables. Yet when he smiled or held her hand, his face was so 
gentle and so sweet. She liked to place her head against his deep wide 
chest and look up into the darkness of his brown eyes. He was fond of 
playing with her ears, and sometimes he irritated her and she would 



LAW OF THE GRAZING FIELDS 159 

threaten to go to Jama. What a contrast Yalla was to Jama. Jama, the 
coward. Could Jama protect a home from the gales that swept the 
grazing fields? Could he outwit the wild dogs, and the hyenas, the 
leopard and the lion, when they came to raid the herd? 

A husband indeed. She had been his "wife" ever since she could 
remember. Five hundred head of cattle was a good price, but she was 
no article for sale. 

Early this evening Yalla had come up to her father's settlement. He 
had stood outside near the dorowa tree and had whistled to her. She 
had been very excited. To think she was leaving her home for good. 
There could be no good-bys, no tears. She was running away with a 
man they would gladly kill. There was dead silence over the veld. 
Amina had peeped out cautiously. There was the veld before her. It 
was all hers and Yalla's if only they would dare. The stunted trees, 
bowing in the cold wind, the rushing streams, the rocks, the thorn 
forests. They were all calling out to her and to Yalla to go forth and 
conquer them; to begin their own camp with a group of bulls and cows 
their own. Yalla had screeched again, impatiently, and this time he 
did sound like the gray hawk. She had not hesitated. 

She ran. She took nothing with her, not even one of the wooden 
ladles that her mother had given her for stirring the milk. And that 
was when her brother had intercepted her. She did not know that he 
had been hiding all the while in a nearby tree. He had a pack of wild 
cattle-dogs with him, and these he at once unleashed on Yalla. He 
had seized Amina and had laughed at her threats and clawings and 
curses. For Yalla and Amina the law of the grazing fields was broken. 

Now she was a prisoner in the hut, but Amina found it impossible 
to imagine that Yalla never would be hers. There must still be a 
chance. If only he could somehow manage to free her from this prison 
and take her to his hut before Jama paid the full price of five hundred 
cattle, she could still be Yalla's by right of his might. No one could 
deny this law of the grazing fields. All cattlemen knew it and respected 
it. But how was Yalla to know where she was, or when Jama would 
be coming. Everything was over, Amina decided with a fresh burst of 
tears. 

"Oh, Yalla, my Yalla! Come and save me, Yalla. I am yours and 
you are my man I" 



l6o STORIES 

She pushed and screamed and threatened until her brother warned 
her to be quiet. But how could she be quiet when her body itched 
from the dust and the thorns? Oh, death! It were better to die than to 
live as Jama's wife. 

Already she could hear an argument about the saddling of the horses. 
Her other brothers had returned from the fields. One of them said she 
must wear a black veil, and the other said a white one was the custom. 
Such trifles! The eldest brother said he would ride behind the bride; 
he couldn't trust her for a moment after what she had been through 
with Modio. And all this because of five hundred head of cattle. 

Quite suddenly she became conscious of silence. The chattering' 
ceased and the coarse jokes. A fearful pause lay over the veld. She 
began to cough. The air in the little room hung heavy and thick. And 
then her brother's voice cut in hoarsely. 

"Fire!" he shouted. "Fire! ... Yes ... whoo . . . fetch water . . . Fire!" 

Amina started. Heavy fumes began to fill her little prison. She was 
coughing and gasping fearfully. Desperation gave her the strength of 
ten. She flung herself at the door. The fumes were now pouring in 
through every crack in the hut. The boys outside shouted and yelled, 
keeping the cows from panicking. Their shouts beat dimly against 
her ears. She was choking. Did they not even remember her? Could 
they be so cruel ? Were their cows more valuable to them than her life ? 

A rough hand thrust open her door, and a man's gruff voice urged 
her, "Follow me. It's Yalla." 

Her heart gladdened, but no words came to her choking lips. The 
man's arm circled her waist and swept her off her feet. The thatch 
caught her hair, and the man's hands detached the burrs tenderly. She 
must be dreaming. She felt the air rush into her throat. She saw the 
yellow sheets of flame shoot skyward in dazzling columns. And, as 
she raised her hand to shield her eyes from the glare, Amina saw her 
brothers dashing here, there and yonder, collecting sleeping mats, 
money purses, milk bowls. It was a dream no longer. That voice it 
was real. 

"There she is! ... Brothers, there's our sister. Catch her! . . ." 

"Yalla," Amina sobbed, "what shall we do? They are coming." 

"Let them try. My hut is five miles from here. It will be a good race." 



LAW OF THE GRAZING FIELDS l6l 

She felt herself carried across the encampment and saddled on to 
a horse. 

"Away, now!" Yalla shouted. "Away " 

Every forward leap of the horse jarred her bones. Her hair streamed 
in the wind. Behind them came her brothers. Relentless, cunning riders, 
angered beyond repair. Amina could clearly hear the clatter of the 
pursuing horses. By Allah! What could she do? 

Twang. 

That was an arrow. Best to give up now. 

"Oh, Yalla, let us get down and go back home. It's useless running 
in this manner." 

The man's laugh, big and thunderous, made her feel silly. Was he 
laughing at the poisoned arrow that might have stiffened his back 
and sent him coughing and clutching to his death? What a nerve! 
Their horse had begun to pant under the combined weight. They were 
now in a part of the scrub with few trees and many rocks and hills. 
This was where clever horsemanship would tell. This was where this 
thief would lose her or gain her forever. She held her breath. Her body 
prickled with a thousand pains but she knew the prize that lay ahead 
and it gave her courage. 

The horse labored. Even Yalla, man that he was, ground his teeth 
in pain and weariness, urging his steed ahead with a slashing whip. 

"Yee-whoo!" he shouted, the sweat running down his face and falling 
into Amina's eyes. "Yee-whoo! . . ." 

She was the first to see the light in the distance. 

"My hut," Yalla said. "My lonely hut!" 

"Our hut, you mean." 

He laughed again. 

Twang! And Yalla moaned. "They've shot me! My back . . . Allah 
save me, I'm dying. . . ." 

Before the words were out of his mouth, Yalla was sliding down the 
saddle, for an arrow's poison acts fast. Yet more arrows twanged past 
even as the distance between them and their pursuers narrowed. 

"If I die, you go ahead. They can't touch you once you're in my 
hut. It is the the . . ." 

Terror, panic. Amina looked over her shoulder and saw her elder 
brother's figure looming out of the darkness. Yalla had barely enough 



l62 STORIES 

strength to crawl. Amina dragged him on. She was a girl of the veld, 
fresh, strong and brave. His strength waned fast. Ahead of them, the 
cows in the gloom bolted out of their paths. Rams bleated anxiously. 
A cock cackled, waking all the rest which now set up a deafening 
crow. They were actually in Yalla's settlement, but not in the hut. 

"You thief!" 

A few yards behind the paddocks, just beyond the poultry yard, 
Amina bent down. With all her might, she seized Yalla and pushed 
him into the hut, falling in after him. 

He breathed a sigh of relief. 

"My wife!" he moaned. "Mine at last! . . . But first, this arrow. You 
can still save me. . . . The antidote . . ." 

Amina's brothers drew up before Yalta's hut. 

"You thief!" they raved. "Give us our sister." 

"Thief?" he sneered. "You are the thieves. Have you not stolen the 
bridal horse?" 

"Our father, Jama, will know no rest till you've compensated him 
his cattle." 

"Leave that to me," Yalla said. To Amina he murmured, "Oh, my 
back. The antidote . . ." 

The brothers wheeled their horses and cantered slowly back to their 
own camp. One of them said: "That lad, Yalla, he is a man. Setting 
fire to our camp, stealing our sister, and then calling us thieves for 
taking back our own horse which we saddled for another bridegroom! 
The law of the grazing fields. He's won." 



Anticipation 

MABEL DOVE-DANQUAH 

Ghana 



Nana Adaku II, Omanhene of Akwasin, was cele- 
brating the twentieth anniversary of his accession to 
the stool of Akwasin. The capital, Nkwabi, was thronged with people 
from the outlying towns and villages. 

It was in the height of the cocoa season, money was circulating freely 
and farmers were spending to their hearts' content. Friends who had 
not seen one another for a long time were renewing their friendship. 
They called with gifts of gin, champagne or whiskey, recalled old days 
with gusto and before departing imbibed most of the drinks they 
brought as gifts. No one cared, everyone was happy. Few could be 
seen in European attire; nearly all were in Gold Coast costume. The 
men had tokota sandals on their feet, and rich multi-colored velvet 
and gorgeous, hand-woven kente cloths nicely wrapped round their 
bodies. The women, with golden ear-rings dangling, with golden 
chains and bracelets, looked dignified in their colorful native attire. 

The state drums were beating paeans of joy. 

It was four o'clock in the afternoon and people were walking to 
the state park where the Odwira was to be staged. Enclosures of palm 
leaves decorated the grounds. 

The Omanhene arrived in a palanquin under a brightly-patterned 
state umbrella, a golden crown on his head, his kente studded with 
tiny goldr n beads, rows upon rows of golden necklaces piled high on 
his chest. He wore bracelets of gold from the wrists right up to the 
elbows. He held in his right hand a decorated elephant tail which he 
waved to his enthusiastic, cheering people. In front of him sat his 
"soul," a young boy of twelve, holding the sword of office. 

After the Omanhene came the Adontehene, the next in importance. 



164 STORIES 

He was resplendent in rich green and red velvet cloth; his head band 
was studded with golden bars. Other chiefs came one after the other 
under their brightly-colored state umbrellas. The procession was long. 
The crowd raised cheers as each palanquin was lowered, and the 
drums went on beating resounding joys of jubilation. The Omanhene 
took his seat on the dais with his Elders. The District Commissioner, 
Captain Hobbs, was near him. Sasa, the jester, looked ludicrous in his 
motley pair of trousers and his cap of monkey skin. He made faces at 
the Omanhene, he leered, did acrobatic stunts; the Omanhene could 
not laugh; it was against custom for the great Chief to be moved to 
laughter in public. 

The state park presented a scene of barbaric splendor. Chiefs and 
their retinue sat on native stools under state umbrellas of diverse 
colors. The golden linguist staves of office gleamed in the sunlight. 
The women, like tropical butterflies, looked charming in their multi- 
colored brocaded silk, kente and velvet, and the Oduku headdress, 
black and shiny, studded with long golden pins and slides. Young 
men paraded the grounds, their flowing cloths trailing behind them, 
their silken plaited headbands glittering in the sun. 

The drums beat on. ... 

The women are going to perform the celebrated Adowa dance. The 
decorated calabashes make rhythm. The women run a few steps, move 
slowly sideways and sway their shoulders. One dancer looks par- 
ticularly enchanting in her green, blue and red square kente, moving 
with the simple, charming grace of a wild woodland creature; the 
Chief is stirred, and throws a handful of loose cash into the crowd of 
dancers. She smiles as the coins fall on her and tinkle to the ground. 
There is a rush. She makes no sign but keeps on dancing. 

The Omanhene turns to his trusted linguist: 

"Who is that beautiful dancer?" 

"I am sorry, I do not know her." 

"I must have her as a wife." 

Nana Adaku II was fifty-five and he had already forty wives, but a 
new beauty gave him the same new thrill as it did the man who is 
blessedor cursed with only one better half. Desire again burned 
fiercely in his veins; he was bored with his forty wives. He usually 
got so mixed up among them that lately he kept calling them by the 



ANTICIPATION 165 

wrong names. His new wife cried bitterly when he called her Oda, the 
name of an old, ugly wife. 

"This dancer is totally different," thought the Chief; "she will be 
a joy to the palace." He turned round to the linguist: 

"I will pay one hundred pounds for her." 

"She might already be married, Nana." 

"I shall pay the husband any moneys he demands." 

The linguist knew his Omanhene: when he desired a woman he 
usually had his way. 

"Get fifty pounds from the chief treasurer, find the relatives, give 
them the money and when she is in my palace tonight I shall give her 
the balance of the fifty pounds. Give the linguist staff to Kojo and 
begin your investigations now." 

Nana Adaku II was a fast worker. He was like men all over the 
world when they are stirred by feminine charm: a shapely leg, the 
flash of an eye, the quiver of a nostril, the timbre of a voice, and the 
male species becomes frenzy personified. Many men go through this 
sort of mania until they reach their dotage. The cynics among them 
treat women with a little flattery, bland tolerance, and take fine care 
not to become seriously entangled for life. Women, on the other hand, 
use quite a lot of common sense : They are not particularly thrilled by 
the physical charms of a man; if his pockets are heavy and his income 
sure, he is a good matrimonial risk. But there is evolving a new type 
of hardheaded modern woman who insists on the perfect lover as well 
as an income and other necessaries, or stays forever from the unbliss 
of marriage. 

By 6 p.m. Nana Adaku II was getting bored with the whole assembly 
and very glad to get into his palanquin. The state umbrellas danced, 
the chiefs sat again in their palanquins, the crowd cheered wildly, the 
drums beat. Soon the shadows of evening fell and the enclosures of 
palm leaves in the state park stood empty and deserted. 

The Omanhene had taken his bath after dusk and changed into a 
gold and green brocaded cloth. Two male servants stood on either side 
and fanned him with large ostrich feathers as he reclined on a velvet- 
cushioned settee in his private sitting room. An envelope containing 



l66 STORIES 

fifty golden sovereigns was near him. He knew his linguist as a man 
of tact and diplomacy and he was sure that night would bring a wife 
to help him celebrate the anniversary of his accession to the Akwasin 
Stool. 

He must have dozed. When he woke up the young woman was 
kneeling by his feet. He raised her onto the settee. 

"Were you pleased to come?" 

"I was pleased to do Nana's bidding." 

"Good girl. What is your name?" 

"Eflfua, my lord and master." 

"It is a beautiful name, and you are a beautiful woman too. Here 
are fifty gold sovereigns, the balance of the marriage dowry. We will 
marry privately tonight and do the necessary custom afterward." Nana 
Adaku II is not the first man to use this technique. Civilized, semi- 
civilized and primitive men all over the world have said the very 
same thing in nearly the same words. 

"I shall give the money to my mother," said the sensible girl. "She 
is in the corridor. May I?" The Chief nodded assent. 

Eflfua returned. 

"Nana, my mother and other relatives want to thank you for the 
hundred pounds." 

"There is no need, my beauty," and he played with the ivory beads 
lying so snugly on her bosom. 

"They think you must have noticed some extraordinary charm in 
me for you to have spent so much money," she smiled shyly at the 
Omanhene. 

"But, my dear, you are charming. Haven't they eyes?" 

"But, Nana, I cannot understand it myself." 

"You cannot, you modest woman. Look at yourself in that long 
mirror over there." 

The girl smiled mischievously, went to the mirror, looked at herself. 
She came back and sat on the settee and leaned her head on his bosom. 

"You are a lovely girl, Eflfua." He caressed her shiny black hair, so 
artistically plaited. 

"But, my master, I have always been like this, haven't I?" 

"I suppose so, beautiful, but I only saw you today." 



ANTICIPATION 167 

"You only saw me today?" 

"Today." 

"Have you forgotten?" 

"Forgotten what, my love?" 

"You paid fifty pounds . . . and married me two years ago." 



Episode in Malay Camp 

PETER ABRAHAMS 

South Africa 



The warmth had gone out of the air, and slowly 
winter had come to Malay Camp, to Vrededorp, to 
Johannesburg. The days were cold now, and the nights were bitterly 
so. People wrapped themselves up warmly and snuggled closer to 
their fires. People slept close together to be warmer. Particularly in 
Malay Camp and Vrededorp. 

Xuma had been in the city three months now. It was Saturday night 
and in spite of the cold the streets were crowded. He went up the 
street and walked in the direction of the heart of Johannesburg. He 
passed a couple under the lamplight. The man had his arms round the 
woman. The woman was laughing into the man's face. He looked 
away and hurried past. And everywhere he saw couples. They walked 
close together to keep out the cold. And they all seemed so happy. 
Only he walked alone. 

His shoes were thin and the cold came through. His toes began to 
ache. But there were others who passed him who did not even have 
shoes. And many without coats and one could see it in their eyes, so 
it was not so bad. But even those whose eyes showed how cold they 
were were not alone. Most of them walked with a woman. Others had 
men friends. Only he walked alone. 

He neared the heart of Johannesburg and the people grew fewer. 
There were more white people now and they were different. They did 
not walk or look like his people and it was as if they were not really 
there. He stepped aside for them to pass and he heard their voices, 
but they were strangers. He did not look at them or watch them care- 
fully to see what they said and how their eyes looked and whether 
there was love in the eyes of the woman who hung on the arm of the 
man. They were not his people so he did not care. 

168 



EPISODE IN MALAY CAMP 169 

He passed the window of a restaurant. Inside white people sat 
eating and talking and smoking and laughing at each other. It looked 
warm and comfortable and inviting. He looked away quickly. In 
another window there were cakes. He stopped and looked at them. 
He felt a tap on his shoulder and turned. It was a policeman. Without 
a word he fished his pass from his pocket and gave it to the policeman. 
The policeman looked at it, looked him up and down, and returned 
the pass to him. Xuma could see he was a kind one. 

"Where are you going, Xuma?" 

"I'm just walking." 

"Ah, hah! Why not go home and sit in front of the fire with your 
beer?" 

Xuma smiled, "You want me to go to jail?" 

The policeman laughed, "All right, but behave yourself." 

Xuma watched him go. Not a bad one at that. Maybe he's new. He 
carried on up the street and turned down Eloff Street. This was the 
heart of the city and the crowd was thick. It was difficult to move 
among all these white people. One had to keep stepping aside and to 
watch out for the motor cars that shot past. 

Xuma smiled bitterly. The only place where he was completely free 
was underground in the mines. There he was a master and knew his 
way. There he did not even fear his white man, for his white man 
depended on him. He was the boss boy. He gave the orders to the 
other mine boys. They would do for him what they would not do for 
his white man or any other white man. He knew that, he had found 
it out. And underground his white man respected him and asked him 
for his opinion before he did anything. It was so, and he was at home 
and at ease underground. 

His white man had even tried to make friends with him because the 
other mine boys respected him so much. But a white man and a black 
man cannot be friends. They work together. That's all. He smiled. 
He did not want the things of the white man. He did not want to be 
friends with the white man. Work for him, yes, but that's all. 

Xuma crossed the street and wended his way back to Malay Camp. 
Gradually he left the heart of the city behind him. The white people 
thinned out. And more and more he saw only his people. And more 
and more the feeling of watchfulness and alertness to step out of the 



170 STORIES 

way left him. Now he rubbed against people and did not step out of 
the way. He bumped against them and felt their warmth and softness. 
It was all right here. This was Malay Camp. And the few white 
people here were Syrians who sold wine to the black people and 
colored people. And one did not treat them like white people. Why, 
some of their women even did business sleeping with black men. They 
were all right. He turned down Jeppe Street. Lower down the street 
a crowd of people stood. They were looking upward. He hurried down. 
When he got to the people he stopped and looked up. There was 
nothing to see. 

"What is it?" he asked a man beside him. 

"I don't know," the man said. 

Xuma edged away, still looking at the rooftops. He bumped into a 
woman. 

"What is it?" 

"There is a man up there," the woman said, "and the police are 
chasing him." 

"Where?" 

The woman pointed. He looked closely. Yes, there he was! He was 
crawling along a slanting roof, and close behind him was a policeman. 
Xuma held his breath. The roof sloped steeply. One wrong move and 
the man would plunge down, either to death or a broken body. And 
for the policeman it was the same too. 

A yell of fear rose from the crowd. The man had lost his hold and 
was slowly sliding down the sloping roof. Down he came. Down. 
Down. Now he was at the edge of the roof. If he could not stop himself 
he would plunge to the ground. One leg came over the side of the 
roof. Then the other. He was going to fall. 

Xuma held his breath. His heart pounded furiously. 

The man got hold of the edge of the roof with his hands and swung 
there. A tremble of fear passed through the crowd. The policeman 
edged nearer. 

There was a bustle in the crowd and a slender, well-dressed man 
pushed his way to the fore. He was dressed in the clothes of the white 
people and behaved like the white people. He pushed people out of the 
way. Unwillingly the people shifted their gaze from the man swinging 
on the side of the roof and looked at the man. "Who is he?" they 



EPISODE IN MALAY CAMP LJl 

asked one another. "And what does he think he is?" yet others asked. 

And someone whispered to his neighbor, "That is the doctor. Doctor 
Mini." And the whisper was carried along and passed round the 
crowd. Xuma looked at the doctor. 

The doctor stared up at the swinging man. 

"Who is he?" 

No one answered the doctor. 

Again the doctor spoke in his sharp, thin voice: 

"What has he done? Did anyone see?" 

"He was playing dice," a ragged man said sullenly. 

A woman cried out. The policeman who was edging nearer had 
been joined by another. Both were edging nearer. Carefully and 
slowly. But it was not that that had made the woman cry out. She 
had seen one of the man's hands slip. He was now holding on by 
one hand only. The crowd was tense. This was the kill. Automatically 
they moved forward in a body. The doctor was in the lead. Xuma 
pushed forward. 

Then the man up there, hanging between the sky and the earth, 
let go his grip as though he were tired. There was a space. Then with 
a dull thud he was on the ground. For a minute he lay still where he 
had dropped. The crowd was rooted to where it stood. 

Then the man moved. The crowd became individuals again. The 
doctor ran forward and knelt beside the man. The crowd pressed 
around. 

"Give him air," the doctor said. 

Xuma pushed the crowd back. "Give him air," he repeated. 

The doctor felt the man's body all over. 

"It's all right, only his arm is broken." 

The doctor looked at Xuma. 

"Help me get away," the man whispered. 

Suddenly the crowd parted and moved back. Policemen pushed 
through. 

"Stand back," the foremost shouted. 

Xuma moved back with the crowd. Only the doctor remained. 

"You!" the policeman said to the doctor. "Didn't you hear?" 

The doctor got up and looked at the policeman. 

"I'm Doctor Mini." 



172 STORIES 

The policeman laughed. Another behind him pushed forward and 
smacked the doctor in the face. Xuma bunched his fist and took a 
deep breath. . 

"You'll hear about this," the doctor said. 

The second policeman again raised his hand. 

"You'd better not,'* another policeman said and stepped forward. 
"He is a doctor." 

The other two looked at the older policeman. There was disbelief 
in their eyes. 

"It's true," the older policeman said. 

"I want to take this man with me," the doctor said, looking at the 
older policeman. "His arm is badly broken and he's got to be looked 
after." 

"No bloody fear," the first policeman said. "He's going where he 
belongs, in jail." 

The doctor took out a card and gave it to the older policeman. "I'm 
attached to the General Hospital, and this is my home address if you 
want me. 

The policemen looked at each other nonplussed. There was an obsti- 
nate look in the eyes of the first. Fear was showing in the eyes of the 
second. The older man looked tired and weary. He took the card 
from the doctor's hand and nodded. The first one opened his mouth. 
The second one shook his head. The first one kept silent. 

"Will someone help me carry him to my car?" the doctor said. 

The first policeman swung round and looked at the crowd. There 
was a threat in his eyes. He held his club menacingly. The crowd 
remained where it was. 

The doctor tried to lift the man but could not. 

Xuma took a deep breath, bunched his fists, and stepped forward. 
The policeman tightened his grip on his club and waved it from 
side to side. He stared hard at Xuma. Xuma returned the stare and 
kept going forward. He pushed past the policemen. The doctor looked 
up and smiled. 

"Lift him but be careful of that arm." 

"Just a minute," the first policeman said and prodded Xuma with his 
club. 



EPISODE IN MALAY CAMP 173 

Xuma got up. His body trembled. His fists bunched into hard balls. 

"Where's your pass? Let me see it." 

Xuma took out his pass and gave it to the policeman. The policeman 
looked at it for a long time then returned it. 

Xuma picked up the wounded man. The crowd made a passage. 
The doctor led the way through. Xuma followed him. The doctor 
opened the door of his car and helped Xuma to ease the man gently 
on to the back seat. 

"Can you come with me to help carry him in?" 

Xuma nodded. 

"Get in there beside him and hold him so that his arm does not 
bump against anything." 

The doctor shut the door then got into the front and started the car. 
Before the car moved off the doctor turned his eyes and looked to 
where the crowd had been. Xuma looked too. The crowd was scatter- 
ing in all directions. The two policemen were chasing them. Only the 
older one stood where they had left him. Stood with that weary look 
on his face. 

The car moved off, slowly and carefully. 

The doctor took out a cigarette and handed the packet to Xuma. 

"What's your name?" 

"Xuma." 

"Been in the city long?" 

"Three months." 

"I see." 

For the rest of the way they drove in silence. Xuma kept looking 
from the man by his side to the man in front. They were both his 
people but they were so different. For the one by his side, he didn't 
have much respect. There were so many like him. They drank and 
they fought and they gambled. And there were so many like that in 
the city. He had watched them. He knew them. But this other one 
was different. Different from all the other people who had stood around 
there. Even the white people saw the difference and treated him 
differently. No one Xuma knew could have done what this one had 
done. And yet this was one of his people. 

At the other end of Malay Camp the doctor pulled up. Between 
them they carried the man into a house. 



174 STORIES 

A colored woman who was almost white and who was dressed like 
the white people, met them at the door. And inside the house was even 
more beautiful than the place of the Red One. There were all the 
things he had seen in the Red One's place and even more. 

They carried the man into the surgery. The woman helped the 
doctor to take off his coat and gave him a thin, white one. 

Quickly, deftly, carefully the doctor worked on the man's arm. And 
all the while the woman was there, giving him things and helping him 
and talking to him. Xuma sat on a little chair and watched, 

Maybe the woman is his wife, Xuma thought. 

And when they had finished bandaging the man and the doctor had 
washed his hands and the woman kissed him, Xuma knew she was 
his wife. 

"There!" the doctor said and smiled at Xuma. 

The woman smiled too. Maybe I should go now, Xuma thought. 

Another woman, a black one, came into the room with a glass. She 
made the wounded one drink out of it. The wounded one sat up. 

"Thank you, Doctor," he said, "Maybe I can go now." 

"No, not yet. I told the police to come in an hour. I don't think they 
will come, but it's best to wait and see. You lie down and get some 
of your strength back." 

"But they will arrest me." 

"If they do I will charge the policeman who assaulted me. But if I 
let you go I'll get into trouble." 

The wounded man looked round the room but said nothing. 

"Perhaps you will wait too, Xuma, then you can be my witness. 
You saw everything." 

Xuma nodded. 

The colored woman put a blanket over the wounded man. 

"Come, Xuma, we will have some tea," the doctor said. 

They went out and left only the wounded one behind. In the other 
room there was a big fire. And there was a radio too, and light that 
one put on by pressing a little thing in the wall. No oil lamp and 
candles. Xuma looked round the room. The doctor followed his gaze 
and smiled. Xuma looked at him and saw the smile. He felt as he had 
felt in the place of the Red One. As though he did not belong there 
and it was wrong for him to be there. 



EPISODE IN MALAY CAMP 175 

The doctor saw the shadow pass over his face. 

"What is it?" 

"This is like the white people's place." 

The doctor and his wife laughed. 

"No, Xuma," the doctor said. "Not like the white people's place. 
Just a comfortable place. You are not copying the white man when 
you live in a place like this. This is the sort of place a man should live 
in because it is good for him. Whether he is white or black does not 
matter. A place like this is good for him. It is the other places that are 
the white people's. The places they make you live in." 

"Doctor! Doctor!" 

The black woman came into the room. There was distress and 
agitation on her face. 

"What is it, Emily?" 

"The one you were bandaging has gone, Doctor. He has gone out 
through the window." 

"Oh..." 

Xuma watched the doctor's face. For a minute there was sadness 
and hopelessness in it. Like the faces of the men who had worked on 
the pile of fine, wet, white sand that would not grow less. It was 
there for a minute, then it was gone, and his face was again cold and 
calm and hard to make out. 

The doctor got up and went to the surgery. The others followed him. 
The blanket was on the floor. The window was open. A cool breeze 
blew in. The man had gone. 

The colored woman took the doctor's arm. Emily went and shut the 
window. 

"You can go now, Xuma," the doctor said harshly without looking 
at him. 

Xuma felt hurt. He had done nothing. He had stayed because the 
doctor had asked him, and now, because the other man had gone, 
the doctor spoke to him in a hard voice. He was angry, but more than 
the anger he felt the hurt. 

He turned abruptly and walked to the door. The doctor's wife 
followed him. She held out her hand and smiled at him. 

"Thank you very much," she said. 

Xuma took her hand. It was soft and small like a white woman's. 



POETRY 



African Heaven 

FRANCIS ERNEST KOBINA PARKES 

Ghana 



Give me black souls, 
Let them be black 
Or chocolate brown 
Or make them the 
Color of dust 
Dustlike, 

Browner than sand. 
But if you can 
Please keep them black, 
Black. 

Give me some drums; 

Let them be three 

Or maybe four 

And make them black 

Dirty and black: 

Of wood, 

And dried sheepskin, 

But if you will 

Just make them peal, 

Peal. 



177 



178 POETRY 



Peal loud, 

Mutter. 

Loud, 

Louder yet; 

Then soft, 

Softer still 

Let the drums peal. 

Let the calabash 

Entwined with beads 

With blue Aggrey beads 

Resound, wildly 

Discordant, 

Calmly 

Melodious. 

Let the calabash resound 

In tune with the drums. 

Mingle with these sounds 

The clang 

Of wood on tin: 

Kententse\enJ(en 

Ken-tse \en fen \en: 

Do give me voices 

Ordinary 

Ghost voices 

Voices of women 

And the bass 

Of men. 

(And screaming babes?) 

Let there be dancers, 

Broad-shouldered Negroes 

Stamping the ground 

With naked feet 

And half -covered 

Women 

Swaying, to and fro, 



AFRICAN HEAVEN 179 



In perfect 

Rhythm 

To "Tom 

And "fcii," 

And voices of ghosts 

Singing, 

Singing! 

Let there be 

A setting sun above, 

Green palms 

Around, 

A slaughtered fowl 

And plenty of 

Yams. 

And dear Lord, 
If the place be 
Not too full, 
Please 

Admit spectators. 
They may be 
White or 
Black. 

Admit spectators 

That they may 

See: 

The bleeding fowl, 

And yams, 

And palms 

And dancing ghosts. 

Odomankoma, 
Do admit spectators 
That they may 
Hear: 



l8o POETRY 



Our native songs, 
The clang of wood on tin 
The tune of beads 
And the pealing drums. 

Twerampon, please, please 

Admit 

Spectators! 

That they may 

Bask 

In the balmy rays 

Of the 

Evening Sun, 

In our lovely 

African heaven! 



Spirit of the Wind 

GABRIEL OKARA 

Nigeria 



The storks are coming now 
white specks in the silent sky. 
They had gone north seeking 
fairer climes to build their homes 
when here was raining. 

They are back with me now 
spirits of the wind, 
beyond the gods' confining hands 
they go north and west and east, 
instinct guiding. 

But willed by the gods 
I'm sitting on this rock 
watching them come and go 
from sunrise to sundown, 
with the spirit urging within. 

And urging, a red pool stirs, 
and each ripple is 
the instinct's vital call, 
a desire in a million cells 
confined. 



181 



l82 POETRY 



O God of the gods and me, 
shall I not heed 
this prayer-bell call, 
the noon angelus, 
because my stork is caged 
in singed hair and dark skin? 



Forefathers 



BIRAGO DIOP 



Senegal 



Listen more often to things rather than beings. 

Hear the fire's voice, 

Hear the voice o water. 

In the wind hear the sobbing of the trees, 

It is our forefathers breathing. 

The dead are not gone forever. 

They are in the paling shadows 

And in the darkening shadows. 

The dead are not beneath the ground, 

They are in the rustling tree, 

In the murmuring wood, 

In the still water, 

In the flowing water, 

In the lonely place, in the crowd; 

The dead are not dead. 

Listen more often to things rather than beings. 

Hear the fire's voice. 

Hear the voice of water. 

In the wind hear the sobbing of the trees. 

It is the breathing of our forefathers 

Who are not gone, not beneath the ground, 

Not dead. 



183 



POETRY 

The dead are not gone forever. 
They are in a woman's breast, 
A child's crying, a glowing ember. 
The dead are not beneath the earth, 
They are in the flickering fire, 
In the weeping plant, the groaning rock, 
The wooded place, the home. 
The dead are not dead. 

Listen more often to things rather than beings. 

Hear the fire's voice, 

Hear the voice of water. 

In the wind hear the sobbing of the trees. 

It is the breath of our forefathers. 



Return: Two Poems 



ABIOSEH NICOL 



Sierra Leone 



UP-COUNTRY 

Then I came back 
Sailing down the Guinea coast, 
Loving the sophistication 
Of your brave new cities: 
Dakar, Accra, Cotonou, 
Lagos, Bathurst, and Bissau, 
Freetown, Libreville. 
Freedom is really in the mind. 

Go up-country, they said, 

To see the real Africa. 

For whomsoever you may be, 

That is where you come from. 

Go for bushinside the bush 

You will find your hidden heart, 

Your mute ancestral spirit. 

And so I went, 
Dancing on my way. 

185 



l86 POETRY 



ON AN AFRICAN BEACH 

Here I stand 

On the white-fringed edge of the world: 

Its limits are my mind. 

Let your white sun 

Wash my strong brown body. 

I feel the crinkle of your golden sands 

Under the yellow soles of my feet. 

If I lose this certain grip, 

If this blue sea washes all of you away, 

I will have been widowed 

By the moon's rising tide. 

I have taken you for better or for worse, 

Yet between the thick and the thin 

Of this ebbing flow I cannot form a whole. 

But if with love again 
I turn my face towards you, Africa, 
Turning away from the faithless horizon, 
Your green mountains will give me 
My fulfillment. 



The Serving Girl 

AQUAH LALUAH 

Ghana 



The calabash wherein she served my food 

Was polished and smooth as sandalwood. 

Fish, white as the foam of the sea, 

Peppered and golden-fried for me. 

She brought palm wine that carelessly slips 

From the sleeping palm tree's honeyed lips. 

But who can guess, or even surmise 

The countless things she served with her eyes? 



187 



Play Song 

PETER KUMALO 

South Africa 



Let's go up to the hillside today 
to play, to play 
to play. 

Up to the hill where the daisies grow 
like snow, like snow 
like snow. 

There shall we make a daisy chain 
One tomorrow and tomorrow again 
There where the daisies grow like snow 
There's where we will go. 

Let us go down to the little bay 
to play, to play 
to play. 

Down to the bay where the children swim 
like fish, like fish 
like fish. 

Down to the bay where the children swim, 
Down to the bay where the white yachts skim, 
Or up to the hill where the daisies grow, 
There's where we will go. 



188 



That Heavenly Moment 

DEI ANANG 

Ghana 



That heavenly moment in your arms 

When I trembled so, 

And held my breath, 

Wild nature, too, 

Stood still. 

The soft-throated cuckoo 

Ceased to croon. 

And the rustle of leaves 

Died down. 

No whistling palms 

Maintained their singsong sounds. 

The sea forgot its mighty roar, 

That heavenly moment. 



Life in Our Village 

MATEI MARKWEI 

Ghana 



In our little village 
When elders are around, 
Boys must not look at girls 
And girls must not look at boys 
Because the elders say 
That is not good. 

Even when night comes 
Boys must play separately, 
Girls must play separately. 
But humanity is weak 
So boys and girls meet 

The boys play hide and seek 
And the girls play hide and seek. 
The boys know where the girls hide 
And the girls know where the boys hide- 
So in their hide and seek, 
Boys seek girls, 
Girls seek boys, 
And each to each sing 
Songs of love. 



190 



Flute Players 

JEAN JOSEPH RAB^ARIVELO 

Malagasy Republic 



Your flute 

you carved from the shinbone of a strong bull 
and polished it on barren hills beaten by sun. 

His flute 

he carved from a reed trembling in the breeze 
and cut its little holes beside a flowing brook 
drunk on dreams of moonlight 

Together 

you made music in the late afternoon 

as if to hold back the round boat 

sinking on the shores of the sky 

to save it from its fate: 

but are your plaintive incantations 

heard by the gods of the wind, 

of the earth, of the forest, and the sand? 

Your flute 

throws out a beat like the march of an angry bull 
toward the desert- 
but who comes back running, 

burned by thirst and hunger and defeated by weariness 
at the foot of a shadeless tree 
with neither leaves nor fruit 



191 



192 POETRY 

His flute 

is like a reed that bends 
beneath the weight of a bird in flight- 
but not a bird captured by a child 
whose feathers are caressed, 
but a bird lost from other birds 
who looks at his own shadow for solace 
in the flowing water. 

Your flute and his 

regret their beginnings 

in the songs of your sorrow. 



Vultures 



SIMON PEDEREK 



Ghana 



Bald pate, 

Scrawny neck, 

Lawyer's rig 

And hammer beak, 

You find us repulsive, 

Ugly, fit 

Only for hatred 

Eaters of filthy meat? 

Yet we, 

From your rejected street 
In easy flight, 
Enjoy the plains 
You ache for, 
View, possess 

The visitations of the moon- 
Peace of the 
Wilderness. 



193 



Two in London 

WOLE SOYINKA 

Nigeria 

THE IMMIGRANT 

Knowing 

(Though he will deny it) 

That this equation must be sought 

Not in any woman's arms 

But in the cream-laid 

De-Odo-ro-noed limbs 

Of the native girl herself, 

He scans the gaudy bulbs 

(For the fiftieth time) 

Of dancing Hammersmith Palace. 

Then, desperately 

(Although his swagger belies it) 

He tries his manhood 

On the triteness of 

"May I...?" 

And waits upon the languor of 

Her bored appraisal. 

They would have paired each other 

To an even point 

(Even though her stare confounds it) 

Her gown, fashion wise 

But body foolish, 

Beggars his flashy 

Incredible tie. 



194 



TWO IN LONDON 195 



Her face exchanges 

Vulgarity 

For his uncouthness. 

And the plumb of their twin minds 

Reads Nil. 

And yet her answer, given negative, 

Was barbed with 

(Albeit ill-fitting) contempt. 

Without 

Even the usual palliative 

False-bottom smile, 

Her eyes had said, 

"You? Not at any price 1" 

He felt the wound grow septic 

(Hard though he tried to close it) 

His fingers twitched 

And toyed with the idea, 

The knife that waited on the slight, 

On the sudden nerve that would join her face 

To scars identical 

With what he felt inside. 

The blade remained 

In the sweat-filled pocket. 

He ran a gauntlet of milling couples 

And they all seemed 

To know 

To jeer at his defeat. 

He knew now the fatality 

Of his black, flattened nose, 

Not at any price? 

The fingers shift 

From blood 

To feel the folded 

Shrewish savings of his menial post. 

His little brain seeks 

Factual negation of her estimate 



196 POETRY 



Seeks 

Quick revenge 

Lusts for the act 

Of degradation of her sex and race. 

Failing to find 

A difference in the street-lamp faces 

(He had sought the very best) 

He makes his choice at random 

Haggles somewhat at the price, 

Then follows her, to pass 

The night 

In reciprocal humiliation. 



AND THE OTHER IMMIGRANT 

My dignity is sewn 

Into the lining of a three-piece suit. 

Stiff, and with the whiteness which 

Out-Europes Europe, 

My crisp Van Heusen collar 

Cradles an all-wool Tootal tie, 

Turning respectful eyes towards 

I, Me resplendent in my three-piece suit. 

My dignity I rescue 

From the shop assistant's levity 

From the raucous laugh 

Of the unmannered station guard 

(Who hasn't learnt his place) 

From the familiarity 

Of the Cockney taxi man 

Who thinks I'll bandy jokes with him, 

A mere 

Public servant 

One and all, 

They wilt at the touch of ice. 



TWO IN LONDON 197 



My mouth is shaped perpetually 

Upon the word "riff-raff." 

The stowaway is a crook 

The steerage passenger 

Beneath my notice 

And nomad is 

A dirty word. 

I do not shrink from conflict, but 

I think exposure 

To the merest chance of 

A slight, an insult of indignity 

Mere foolishness. 

My victory is the proof 

That I can "do without them." 

I keep among my kind 

For I condemn 

All whiteness in a face. 

My mind would open to 

The niceties of judgment, 

To fine distinctions in a thought 

If such things did exist. 

But only fools can doubt the solve-all 

Philosopher's-stone attributes 

Of Up-Nasser-Freedom-for-Africa 

The height and end of all 

So shout with me! 

Let pedants tease their pompous heads 

While to my repertoire I add 

(The sound, if not the spirit of) 

Our new-coined intellectuals' slogan 

Negritude. 

Untouched I float 

Upon the crest of an alien, white society, 

My weekly dues are met 

(Upon my fourth, hire purchase 

Three-piece suit) 



POETRY 

With proud regularity, 

Ensuring round-the-year entombment 

Winter or blazing summer, 

(And sacrifices are gladly made 

Like two square semolina meals a day) 

By thinking of the government house. 

Senior service car, 

And hordes of admiring women awaiting me, 

Where the one-eyed man is king. 



To the American Negro Troops 
LEOPOLD SDAR SENGHOR 

Senegal 



Formerly, I did not recognize you in the prison of your tight drab 

uniform. 

I did not recognize you under your gourd of a plumeless helmet. 
I did not recognize the tremulous neighing of your iron horses that 

drink but do not eat, 
Lacking the nobility of elephants, possessing rather the barbarous 

clumsiness of antedeluvian monsters. 
Behind your strong face, I did not recognize you. 
Yet I had only to touch the warmth of your dark hand my name is 

Africa] 
And I discovered lost laughter again, and heard old voices, and the 

roaring rapids of the Congo. 
Brothers, I doubt it is you who bombed the cathedrals that are the 

pride of Europe, 
Or that you are the thunderbolt, in the hands of God, that smote 

Sodom and Gomorrah. 

No, you are messengers of mercy, the breath of spring after winter. 
To those who have forgotten how to laugh who manage only an 

oblique smile, 

Who know only the salt taste of tears and the harsh odor of blood 
You bring the springtime of peace and hope at the end of hope, 
And refresh again their night with the sweetness of milk. 
And blue fields of the sky are covered with flowers, 
The silence sings softly. You bring them the sun. 
The air is alive with liquid murmurs and crystal chirpings and the 

soft beat of wings, 

199 



200 POETRY 

And ethereal places become warm nests. 
Down flowing streets of joy boys play with dreams. 
Men dance in front of machines and, astonished, burst out singing. 
The eyelashes of students are sprinkled with rose petals. 
Fruit ripens in the breasts of virgins, 

And the hips of women oh, how sweet 1 handsomely grow heavy. 
Oh, black brothers, warriors whose mouths are singing flowers- 
Delight of living when winter is over 
You I salute as messengers of peace 1 



Song of the Poor Man 

ANONYMOUS 

Zanzibar 



Give me a chair 

and let me sit in your midst 

and praise poverty 

and want. 

The face of a poor man 

stays all crumpled up 

by reason of the hunger and thirst 

which are in his stomach. 

A poor man knows not 
how to eat with a rich man. 
When he starts eating fish 
he eats its head. 

Go and invite him 
who has no bread 
to come and cat crumbs 
and thorns in the platters. 

A poor man is nobody 
because he has nothing. 
Though nobly born 
he is granted no favor. 



201 



202 POETRY 



A poor man is a snake 
his brothers avoid him 
because of the misery 
of the poverty-stricken 

But when a poor man is ill, 

it leads his people 

to show him kindness; 

when a rich man is ill, 

to light a lamp 

he must wait for a slave. 



Weapon 

i. w. w. CITASHB 

South Africa 



Your cattle are gone, 

My countrymen! 

Go rescue them! Go rescue them! 

Leave the breechloader alone 

And turn to the pen. 

Take paper and ink, 

For that is your shield. 

Your rights are going! 
So pick up your pen, 
Load it, load it with ink. 
Sit in your chair 
Repair not to Hoho, 
But fire with your pen. 



203 



Biographical Notes 



PETER ABRAHAMS South Africa lives now, an exile from apartheid, in 
Jamaica. Africa's most famous writer of color, his numerous books include 
an autobiography, Tell Freedom, Return to Goli and various novels 
published in both England and the United States. 

DEI ANANG Ghana who studied at Achimota and the University of Lon- 
don, is now a senior government official at Accra. His volumes of 
verse include Wayward Lines From Africa, Cocoa Comes to Mampong 
and Africa Speaks. 

FREDERICK S. ARKHURST Ghana served as the First Secretary of the Per- 
manent Mission of Ghana to the United Nations. A graduate of Aber- 
deen University in Scotland, he did his army service in Australia, and 
is now attached to the U.N. Economic Commission for Africa. 

J. BENIBENGOR BLAY Ghana has traveled in both Europe and the United 
States. He is now a member of parliament at Accra. His short stories are 
widely popular in Ghana where he has authored nineteen books and 
numerous radio scripts. 

ADELAIDE CASELY-HAYFORD Sierra Leone of Fanti and English ancestry, 
studied in England and Germany in her youth. She established with her 
sister a school in Freetown in 1897, married a distinguished Gold Coast 
lawyer, traveled extensively and lived for more than two years in the 
United States. Shortly before her death in 1959 at the age of 91, she 
wrote her autobiography. 

L W. W. CITASHE South Africa is now deceased. He lived at Uitenhage, 
Cape Province, was of the Xhosa tribe and wrote largely in that 
language. 

MABEL DOVE-DANQUAH Ghana was the first woman to be elected a member 
of any African legislative assembly, that of Ghana. She has studied in 
England, traveled in the United States, and was formerly the editor of 
the Accra Evening News, but now devotes her time to free-lance writing. 

BIRAGO DIOP Senegal was born at Dakar, studied in France and is now 
chief veterinary surgeon for the Upper Volta. He is both a poet and a 
storyteller. His Tales of Amadou-Koumba was published in 1947. 

CYPRIAN EKWENSI Nigeria is of the Ibo tribe, educated at Ibadan and in 
pharmacy in England. His People of the City, concerned with contem- 
porary life in Lagos, has been hailed as the first modern novel by a 
Nigerian writer. 

BABS FAFUNWA Nigeria studied at Bethune-Cookman College in Florida 
and, while a student there, wrote a series of newspaper articles concerning 
his observations in America. 

205 



206 BIOGRAPHICAL NOTES 

PETER KUMALO South Africa is both an artist and a writer. He has twice 
won awards in the annual Drum Short Story Contest, but he earns his 
living as a worker on the docks at Simon's Town, Cape Province. 

AQUAH LALUAH Ghana who died at Freetown in 1950, studied in Wales, 
danced with a jazz troupe in Berlin, then became a teacher at the Girls' 
Vocational School in Sierra Leone. Her first poems appeared in Atlantic 
Monthly. 

TENNYSON MAKIWANE South Africa is a journalist and political commenta- 
tor now living in London. 

MATEI MARKWEI Ghana an ordained minister, is a recent graduate of Lin- 
coln University (Pennsylvania) with a scholarship for further study in 
theology at Yale University. 

TODD MATSHIKIZA South Africa besides being a journalist, is a highly 
talented musician who in 1956 was commissioned to write a choral 
work with orchestra for the Johannesburg Festival. He composed the 
score for the hit musical, King Kong, and this year collaborated with 
Alan Paton on a new show, Mtyiumbhane. 

TOM MBOYA Kenya famous as a leader of independence movements, is 
general secretary of the Kenya Federation of Labor and one of the first 
black Africans to become a member of the Kenya Legislative Council. 

BLOKE MODISANE South Africa has taken refuge from his country's oppres- 
sive racial policies in London where he now lives by writing. 

MARION MOREL South Africa a columnist for Drum, is one of Africa's most 
popular women journalists of color. 

EZEKIEL MPHAHLELE South Africa taught school in Johannesburg, worked 
on Drum magazine, and is now an instructor in English at the University 
College of Ibadan. His autobiography Down Second Avenue received 
critical acclaim and his short pieces have appeared in America and 
England. 

ABIOSEH NICOL Sierra Leone was educated in Nigeria and as a physician at 
Cambridge where he has recently completed further study as a Research 
Fellow in biochemistry. He is now senior pathologist in the Sierra Leone 
Medical Service. His short stories, articles and poems have appeared in 
numerous English publications. 

J. H. KWABENA NKETIA Ghana spent a year in the United States on a 
Rockefeller Foundation Fellowship. He has published twelve books in 
the Twi language, and in English, Funeral Dirges of the A\an People. 
An accomplished musician, he now teaches at the University College of 
Ghana. 

KWAME NKRUMAH Ghana is a graduate of Lincoln University in Pennsyl- 
vania, a distinguished African independence leader, and now prime min- 
ister of Ghana. 



BIOGRAPHICAL NOTES 207 

PHYLLIS NTANTALA South Africa writer and journalist, is active in racial 
reform movements. 

GABRIEL OKARA Nigeria is of the Ijaw tribe whose folklore he is engaged in 
translating. In 1953 his poetry received a top award at the Nigerian 
Festival of the Arts. He is currently on the staff of the Information 
Service of Eastern Nigeria. 

FRANCIS ERNEST KOBINA PARKES Ghana is a graduate of the school at 
Adisadel. After a brief period of newspaper work he has been since 1955 
associated with Radio Ghana. 

SIMON PEDEREK Ghana is a young Ashanti poet. 

JEAN JOSEPH RABEARIVELO Malagasy Republic (Madagascar) committed sui- 
cide in 1937 at the age of thirty-six. Before his death he had achieved 
great popularity in his native land and had published seven books, includ- 
ing one in Brazil, another in Tunisia. 

RICHARD RIVE South Africa while a student at the University of Cape Town, 
became an outstanding track star, but limited because of apartheid to non- 
white meets. He is now a teacher of English and Latin at Cape Town's 
largest high school for colored students. 

LEOPOLD SEDAR SENGHOR Mali Federation (Senegal) has published four vol- 
umes of poetry, many articles, and edited an anthology of African poetry. 
He has been deputy from Senegal to the French National Assembly in 
Paris and recently served as president of the Mali Federal Assembly. 

WOLE SOYINKA Nigeria after having taken the Honors Degree at Leeds 
University in England, taught for a while in London, but has recently 
been appointed information officer at Ibadan. Two of his plays were per- 
formed in 1959 at the University College of Ibadan. 

EFUA THEODORA SUTHERLAND Ghana studied at Cambridge. She became a 
teacher and aided her American-born husband in the recent establish- 
ment of a school in the Transvolta. She writes for children as well as 
adults, and much of her work is broadcast on The Singing Net, a popular 
West African radio program. 

CAN THEMBA South Africa was a teacher in Johannesburg when, in 1953, 
he received the first prize in a Drum short story contest. Shortly there- 
after he became a member of that magazine's editorial staff. 

AMOS TUTUOLO Nigeria born in the jungles north of Lagos, had only a few 
years of schooling. He became a blacksmith then a metalworker, and is 
now employed in the government labor department. His books include 
The Palm-wine Drinford, Simbi and the Satyr of the Dar\ Jungle, and 
My Life in the Bush of Ghosts. 

ONYENAEKEYA UDEAGU Nigeria of the Ibo tribe, has written a short history 
of his people and their customs published at Lagos in 1947. 

J. KOYINDE VAUGHAN Nigeria was born at Lagos in 1927, studied law, and 
as a sideline has written extensively on the Negro in motion pictures. 




Reprinted from The New York Times